Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / NRW Holdings Limited

NRW Holdings Limited

nwh · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker nwh
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · NRW Holdings Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021

XXXX

Workforce

ASX Code

NWH

CORPORATE REGISTRY

DIRECTORS  

SHARE REGISTRY 

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 4 Central Park  
152 St Georges Terrace  
Perth WA 6000

Telephone:  +61 1300 554 474 
Facsimile:  +61 2 8287 0303 

ASX CODE  

NWH – NRW Holdings Limited  
Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 

nrw.com.au

Michael Arnett
Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director 

Julian Pemberton 
Chief Executive Officer and  
Managing Director  

Jeff Dowling 
Non-Executive Director 

Peter Johnston 
Non-Executive Director 

Fiona Murdoch 
Non-Executive Director 

COMPANY SECRETARY  

Kim Hyman 

REGISTERED OFFICE 

181 Great Eastern Highway  
Belmont WA 6104

Telephone:  +61 8 9232 4200 
Facsimile:  +61 8 9232 4232 

AUDITOR  

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Tower 2  
Brookfield Place 
Level 9 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 

1

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Contents PageNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Corporate Registry 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONTENTS PAGE
03
05
07

Chairman’s Message

About Us

Financial Year Highlights 

Business Unit Performance 

Civil 

CEO Review of Operations 
07
07
09
09
09
11
11

People & Safety

Outlook 

Mining 

Minerals, Energy & Technologies 

13

17
18
19
20
21

CFO Financial Report 
13

Financial Performance

15

Balance Sheet, Operating Cash  
Flow & Capital Expenditure

A Message from the Sustainability Committee

Sustainability Snapshot

NRW’s Business

About this Report

Sustainability Objective

Sustainability at NRW
21
21
22
22

NRW’s Approach

Reporting Frameworks

Sustainability Governance

26

Environment

32

42

27

29

30

Social
32
35
36
37

Climate Change

Resource Use, Rehabilitation  
and Management

Innovation

Safety, Health and Wellbeing

Employee Engagement

Workplace Culture and Diversity

Community Engagement

Governance 
42
43
43

Corporate Governance

Business Ethics and Transparency

Risk Management 

Revenue

$XB

Revenue

$XB

Revenue

$XB

2

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Contents Page 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABOUT US

NRW is a leading provider of diversified contract services to the 
resources and infrastructure sectors.

With  operations  in  all Australian  States,  except  Tasmania,  and 
an  office  in  Canada,  NRW’s  geographical  diversification  is 
complemented by its ability to deliver a wide range of services.  

NRW’s  Civil  and  Mining  businesses  provide  civil  construction, 
including  bulk  earthworks,  road  and  rail  construction  and 
concrete installation, together with contract mining and drill and  
blast services. 

The  Minerals,  Energy  &  Technologies  (MET)  operating  unit 
offers  tailored  mine-to-market  solutions,  specialist  maintenance 
(shutdown  services  and  onsite  maintenance),  non-process 
infrastructure,  innovative  materials  handling  solutions,  and 
complete turnkey design, construction and operation of minerals 
processing and energy projects. 

NRW also offers a comprehensive original equipment manufacturer 
(OEM) capability, providing refurbishment and rebuild services for 
earthmoving equipment and machinery.

NRW  has  a  workforce  of  around  7,000  people  supporting  more 
than one hundred projects around Australia for clients across the 
resources, infrastructure, industrial engineering, maintenance and 
urban subdivision sectors.  

3

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   About Us

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of Operations2019 (FEB)  
ACQUISITION  
RCR MINING 
TECHNOLOGIES

2017 (AUG)  
ACQUISITION  
GOLDING

2021 (MAR) 
ACQUISITION  
PRIMERO

2019 (NOV) 
ACQUISITION  
BGC CONTRACTING & 
DIAB ENGINEERING

FUTURE GROWTH
The  Primero  business  has  strengthened 
the  Minerals,  Energy  &  Technologies 
operating unit and significantly enhances 
NRW’s capability to pursue new business 
initiatives  across  a  large  pipeline  
of opportunities. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   About Us

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   About Us

4

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsCHAIRMAN’S  
MESSAGE 

SUSTAINABILITY

In  2020,  we  established  a  Sustainability  Committee, 
responsible 
for  managing  and  reporting  our 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters.
Our  first  Sustainability  Report  is  included  within  this 
Annual  Report.  This  report  highlights  the  alignment 
of  NRW’s  corporate  values  and  operations  with  the 
United  Nations  Sustainable  Development  Goals 
(SDGs)  and  is  guided  by  relevant  Global  Reporting 
Initiative  (GRI)  standards  to  report  on  the  Group’s  
sustainability performance.

NRW  has  also  focused  on  a  number  of  initiatives 
that will make or are making a positive impact on our 
environmental  management  and  carbon  footprint, 
detailed in our Sustainability Report.

LOOKING FORWARD

The Order book at year end totalled $3.4 billion, which 
is expected to grow to at least $4.4 billion following the 
recently announced letter of intent for the extension of 
mining services at Curragh. 

The Pipeline of opportunities remains strong at $14.5 
billion across all business segments. It is also pleasing 
to note that to date around 50% of the work we advised 
as our submitted tenders at the half year totalling circa 
$5  billion,  has  resulted  in  contract  awards,  notice  of 
award or letter of intent. These include Karara, Baralaba, 
Strandline and Curragh.

The  Directors  have  declared  a  final  dividend  for  the 
financial year of five cents per share. This brings the total 
dividend for the year to nine cents per share following 
the interim dividend paid in April  2021. The dividend will 
be fully franked and paid on 13 October 2021.

In closing, and on behalf of the Board, I would like to 
thank Jules Pemberton and his leadership team, our 
shareholders, our clients and our employees for their 
ongoing loyalty and support. 

I look forward to reporting on our team’s further success 
in the 2022 financial year.

Michael Arnett 
Chairman, NRW Holdings

As Chairman of NRW Holdings, and on behalf of my 
fellow Directors, it is with great pleasure I present the 
2021 annual financial report.

In  FY21,  NRW  continued  to  progress  its  market 
and  growth  strategy,  delivering  financial  growth  and 
outstanding results for our clients whilst maintaining the 
safety of our workforce, despite the interruptions caused 
by COVID-19.

Since  the  pandemic  began,  we  have  successfully 
integrated three new businesses into the NRW Group; 
BGC  Contracting,  DIAB  Engineering  and  Primero 
Group.  These  acquisitions  were  all  highly  strategic 
and  significantly  enhance  our  capability  to  deliver 
services across the lifecycle of resource projects, from 
early  planning,  design,  development,  construction  to 
operations and maintenance.

OUR PEOPLE

NRW has a workforce of 7,000 working on projects and 
sites across Australia. The management of our people to 
ensure their day-to-day safety remains a priority.

In addition to revised operating procedures resulting from 
the COVID-19 pandemic, staff retention and recruitment 
have also been affected. These factors have impacted 
our productivity, with competition for a limited resource 
pool driven by both high construction activity and strong 
commodity demand. More information on the operations 
of the business are contained in the CEO’s commentary, 
which follows.

I would like to express my gratitude to all members of our 
workforce for the resilience they have demonstrated and 
their commitment to working with our clients to safely 
deliver our services.

COMPANY PERFORMANCE

Revenue  including  associates  at  $2,301  million 
increased by 11.5% compared to $2,062 million in FY20. 
The increase in revenue was a result of continued growth 
following  the  FY20  acquisition  of  BGC  Contracting 
(subsequently renamed to NRW Contracting ‘NRWC’) 
and five months contribution from Primero Group.

There  have  been  a  number  of  significant  contract 
awards and extensions post the publishing of our full 
year results. This includes an EPC contract for the Mt 
Holland  Concentrator  project  for  Covalent  Lithium,  a 
joint venture between Wesfarmers and SQM, valued at 
circa $290 million. This contract is the culmination of an 
18-month journey with the Covalent Lithium team and 
demonstrates the trust and solid working relationship 
between the Primero, NRW and RCRMT teams. 

5

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Chairman’s MessageNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Chairman’s Message 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN’S  

MESSAGE 

Since the pandemic began, 
we have successfully 
integrated three new 
businesses into the NRW 
Group; BGC Contracting, 
DIAB Engineering and 
Primero Group.

6

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Chairman’s MessageCEO REVIEW 
OF OPERATIONS

It is with great pleasure that I present NRW Holdings’ 
results for the financial year ending June 30 2021.

Before  commenting  on  the  operations,  I  want  to 
acknowledge  our  employees  for  their  continued 
hard  work  and  dedication  over  the  last  12  months. 
Navigating our lives through COVID-19 continues to 
be difficult, and I commend their loyalty and ongoing 
commitment to NRW. 

As  well  as  navigating  the  day-to-day  COVID-19 
restrictions due to the pandemic, we were faced with 
the  additional  challenges  of  a  limited  labour  pool, 
higher staff turnover, increased labour costs, and lower 
productivity due to specific labour skills shortages in 
extended project durations.

Despite  these  challenges,  a  number  of  businesses, 
particularly Golding Mining, RCR Mining Technologies 
(RCRMT) and DIAB Engineering, continued to deliver 
strong  performances. This  was  partly  due  to  having 
a  more  stable  workforce  through  either  long-term 
contracts or because their activities were predominantly 
based  at  workshops  with  a  mostly  long-term  and  
stable workforce.  

In  addition  to  the  financial  highlights  was  the  
successful  completion  of  the  Primero  acquisition. 
Together  with  the  combined  expertise  of  RCRMT 
and  DIAB  Engineering,  the  Primero  business  has 
strengthened  the  Minerals,  Energy  &  Technologies 
(MET) operating unit and significantly enhances NRW’s 
capability to pursue new business initiatives across a 
large pipeline of opportunities. 

The  enlarged  MET  business  enhances 
the 
diversification  of  NRW’s  strategic  platform  to  offer 
customers  continuity  of  services  across  the  whole 
lifecycle  of  resource  projects  from  early  planning, 
design, development and construction to operations 
and maintenance.

The major challenge throughout the last financial year 
and  for  the  foreseeable  future  remains  the  ongoing 
management  of  our  people  to  ensure  their  day-to-
day safety. COVID-19 restrictions have added to the 
complexity of delivering projects across almost all of 
our activities. 

I  note  that  NRW  has  not  accessed  any  COVID-19 
related State or Federal support packages for any part 
of its operations. 

The financial results this year are a credit to all involved 
across the Group.

BUSINESS UNIT PERFORMANCE

FINANCIAL YEAR HIGHLIGHTS

•  Revenue  up  11.5%  to  $2,301  million  in  line  

with guidance.

• 

• 

Earnings  (EBITDA)  increased  to  $266.7  million 
up 6.7% compared to FY20; Earnings (Operating 
EBIT) of $120.6 million were lower than FY20 due 
to WA Pilbara project cost increases; earnings in 
line with consensus.

Final fully franked dividend declared of 5 cents per 
share in line with revised Dividend Policy advised 
at the half year.

•  Net cash flow from operations of $147.4 million 
reflects  increased  working  capital  pending 
resolution of outstanding claims and variations.

NRW has structured its business reporting into three 
segments,  Civil,  Mining,  and  Minerals,  Energy  & 
Technologies. In previous reports, the results of Drill 
and  Blast  (Action  Drill  &  Blast)  have  been  reported 
separately. The relative size of the Action Drill & Blast 
business compared to the other three segments and 
the increased dependency on work from the Civil and 
Mining segments were the main factors considered in 
making this change. 

I have provided the highlights of each of the business 
units on the following pages. You can read about them 
in more detail in the Financial Statements.

7

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of Operations 
CEO REVIEW 

OF OPERATIONS

Revenue

$2.3B

The enlarged MET business 
enhances the diversification 
of NRW’s strategic platform 
to offer customers continuity 
of services across the whole 
lifecycle of resource projects.

8

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsCEO REVIEW OF  
OPERATIONS CONTINUED

CIVIL

The Civil business reported revenue of $726.5 million 
and earnings of $28.6 million.

Revenue in the Civil business peaked in the calendar 
year 2020 due to contracts secured for sustaining iron 
ore projects, including work won by BGC Contracting 
(acquired  in  December  2019).  Most  of  the  major 
projects  were  completed  early  in  the  second  half  of 
FY21 resulting in lower full year and lower second half 
revenues compared to last year.

Earnings  were  lower  than  last  year  and  lower  than 
expectations  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Most 
of  the  business’s  revenue  was  generated  on  West 
Australian  Pilbara  based  projects.  Measures  taken 
as a result of the pandemic, including border closures 
imposed at State and Federal levels effectively limited 
the available labour pool. Our challenge was to deliver 
projects  in  an  environment  where  competition  for 
people  increased  significantly,  driven  by  both  high 
construction activity and strong commodity demand. 
This  led  to  higher  staff  turnover  (at  a  level  never 
previously  experienced),  increased  labour  costs 
and lower productivity as a consequence of specific 
labour skills shortages, which in turn led to extended 
project durations. Most of those projects however were 
complete  at  30  June  2021,  other  than  resolution  of 
claims and contract variations. 

Civil Infrastructure projects for Main Roads in Western 
Australia  are  ongoing,  including  the  Bunbury  Outer 
Ring  Road  and  Hodges  Drive  to  Hepburn  Avenue 
projects  being  delivered  through  alliance  and  joint 
venture  contracts.  The  Golding  Urban  business 
continues to remain stable with 23 urban development 
projects at various stages of completion. Infrastructure 
spend in Western Australia and Queensland continues 
to grow, and activity levels are expected to increase in  
calendar 2022. 

MINING

The  Mining  business  reported  growth  in  revenue 
to  $1,177.2  million,  and  earnings  of  $212.8  million 
mostly due to the addition of BGC Contracting’s mining 
activities which contributed a full 12 months compared 
to seven months in FY20.

Earnings were impacted by both COVID-19 measures 
(as  noted  for  the  Civil  business)  and  unseasonal 
weather events in Western Australia and Queensland, 
which affected second half revenue and earnings more 
than we have experienced in previous years. Despite 
the weather impacts, margins improved in the second 
half  as  measures  to  mitigate  resource  availability  in 
the  Pilbara  improved  productivity;  however,  staffing 
remains a challenge.

9

Mining  projects  included  work  for  Stanmore  Coal  at 
Isaac  Plains,  Coronado  Coal  at  Curragh,  Wonbindi 
Coal  at  Baralaba  and  Idemitsu  at  Boggabri.  Iron 
ore mining activities included work for Simec at Iron 
Baron, Atlas Iron at Mount Webber and Rio Tinto at  
Gudai Darri.

The  business  has  a  key  focus  on  renewing  existing 
contracts. Golding and Curragh have signed a Letter 
of Intent (LOI) to extend the current six fleet mining 
services contract to 31 December 2026. The expected 
contract value is anticipated to be between $1.0 billion 
and $1.4 billion dependant on final scope.

A major order award in the year was a Notice of Award 
from Karara Mining for a five-year contract commencing 
in March 2022. The value of this contract is more than 
$700 million and will generate revenue in FY22 of circa 
$40 million.

MINERALS, ENERGY & TECHNOLOGIES

The Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) business 
delivered increased revenue of $426.9 million, up from 
$187.2 million in FY20. The increased revenue includes 
Primero activities from February 2021 and growth in 
RCR  Mining  Technologies  and  DIAB  Engineering. 
These  businesses  were  generally  less  impacted  by 
COVID-19  restrictions  as  most  of  the  workforce  is 
located  in  company  facilities  in  Bunbury,  Geraldton, 
and  Perth.  The  fixed  nature  of  these  facilities  has 
contributed  to  a  relatively  stable  workforce,  and 
consequently,  these  businesses  experienced  lower 
staff  turnover  than  the  projects  based  businesses. 
Nonetheless, both Primero and DIAB Engineering were 
impacted in a similar manner to the Civil business on 
their site based activities.

DIAB  Engineering  provides  shutdown  services  and 
given  the  relatively  short-term  nature  of  the  work, 
resourcing these projects proved challenging. Primero 
delivers EPC projects which competed for resources 
within the same constraints as the Civil business.

In addition, through the MET division, the Group now 
has the capability to participate meaningfully across the 
new energy sectors of hydrogen and lithium through 
Primero’s existing capability but also in the renewables 
sector where our clients are seeking solutions to reduce 
reliance on hydrocarbons based energy sources. Our 
MET  business  also  gives  the  Group  a  build-own-
operate, design and processing capability, so we are 
now truly able to participate through the entire life cycle 
of resources projects

Earnings  improved  in  line  with  higher  revenues. 
Whilst margin in real terms increased, margins as a 
percentage  of  revenue  reduced  as  expected  due  to 
the combination of the Primero business into segment 
results from February 2021. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsA
W
s
d
a
o
R

i

n
a
M

n
o
r
I

s
a

l
t
A
-

r
e
b
b
e
W

t

M

CIVIL

NRW Civil 
Golding Civil 
Golding Urban

MINING

NRW Mining
Golding Mining
Action Drill & Blast
AES Equipment Solutions

MINERALS, ENERGY
& TECHNOLOGIES

Primero
RCR Mining Technologies
DIAB Engineering

10

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of Operations 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CEO REVIEW OF  
OPERATIONS CONTINUED

PEOPLE & SAFETY

OUTLOOK

The  markets  in  which  NRW  operates  continue  to 
provide  growth  opportunities. Across  the  Group,  we 
anticipate  growth  in  Resources,  Infrastructure  and 
Renewables. You can read more about these sectors 
on page 14 of the Financial Statements.

The Group’s order book at 30 June 21 was $3.4 billion 
compared  to  $3.0  billion  at  the  same  time  last  year 
(pre  Bunbury  Outer  Ring  Road  award,  announced 
July 2020). The near term tender pipeline capable of 
being awarded in the next 12 months has strengthened 
to  $14.5  billion  compared  to  $12.9  billion  this  time  
last year.

NRW  is  forecasting  revenue  of  between  $2.4  billion 
to $2.5 billion in FY22, of which around $2.0 billion is 
either in the order book, the subject of a letter of intent or 
notice of award or is expected as repeatable business 
by  Golding  Urban,  RCRMT  and  DIAB  Engineering, 
with the balance of the work to be won and delivered in  
the year. 

In  closing,  I  would  like  to  thank  all  of  our  valued 
employees for their contributions this year. It has been 
a challenging year in many ways; however, we have 
continued to deliver outstanding projects for our clients 
whilst working safely and within a range of restrictions 
related to the pandemic.

I would also like to acknowledge my fellow directors and 
the Executive Leadership Team for their commitment 
and support over the last 12 months.

Jules Pemberton 
CEO and Managing Director, NRW Holdings

The business continues to focus on the welfare and 
safety of our workforce, which peaked at 7,800 in Q1 
FY21.  We  are  incredibly  proud  of  how  our  people, 
working  across  six  states  and  territories,  have 
responded to the COVID-19 restrictions and adhered 
to revised operating procedures.

NRW’s  Total  Recordable  Injury  Frequency  Rate 
(TRIFR) at June 2021 was 6.25 compared to 5.61 at 
June 2020.

We  employ  a  high  performing,  skilled,  experienced 
and appropriately qualified team of people across all 
our businesses, who provide a wealth of knowledge at 
all levels. We have continued to provide development 
opportunities for our workforce, despite the challenges 
posed by the pandemic.  

A snapshot of some of the development opportunities 
include:

• 

Employment of 89 apprentices.

•  Development  and  training  of  65  graduates  

and undergraduates.

• 

• 

112  members  of  staff  working  through  formal 
training programmes.

Leadership and development courses completed 
by 173 members of staff.

•  Over  10,000  training  events  undertaken  via 

eLearning solutions. 

NRW continues to embrace diversity and inclusiveness 
across all of its activities. NRW relies on and encourages 
its employees to act in accordance with the Company 
values  and  contribute  a  diverse  range  of  skills  and 
experience. Our objective is to increase participation 
across various demographics, ensure we recruit and 
retain  a  skilled  workforce,  and  endorse  a  safe  and 
productive  working  environment  that  encourages 
equality, diversity and inclusion.

NRW has successfully delivered all projects with no 
lost time due to industrial disputes, or any form of work 
ban or limitation and recognises that our success is the 
result of our dedicated workforce.

11

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of Operations 
 
 
$3.4B

Order Book

NRW continues to embrace 
diversity and inclusiveness 
across all of its activities. 

12

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CEO Review of OperationsCFO FINANCIAL 
REPORT

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

NRW reported revenue of $2,301 million, an increase of 11.5% compared to $2,062 million in FY20. The increase in 
revenue was a result of continued growth following the acquisitions of BGC Contracting (subsequently renamed to 
NRW Contracting ‘NRWC’) and Primero.

The table below provides key financial performance metrics for the current financial year compared to the prior 
comparative period:

FY21

FY20

Revenue

Earnings

Revenue

Earnings

$M

2,300.6

(79.1)

Total Revenue(1) / EBITDA(2)

Revenue from Associates

Depreciation

Operating EBIT(3)

Amortisation of Acquisition Intangibles

Non-recurring transactions(4)

EBIT

Net Interest

Profit before income tax

Tax

Statutory Revenue / Net earnings

2,221.5

NPATN(5)

$M

266.7

(146.1)

120.6

(20.2)

(11.2)

89.2

(13.3)

75.9

(21.6)

54.3

75.1

$M

2,062.4

(58.1)

2,004.3

$M

250.0

(109.1)

140.9

(13.0)

(14.9)

113.0

(12.8)

100.2

(26.5)

73.7

89.7

(1)  Revenue including our share of revenue earned by our associates and joint ventures.  
(2)  EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(3)  Operating EBIT / EBITA, is earnings before interest, tax, and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(4)  Non-recurring transactions include Altura impairment, Gascoyne writeback and Primero transaction costs (FY21) and costs associated  
      with the acquisition of BGC Contracting (FY20). 
(5)  NPATN – earnings before amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions at 30% tax rate.

Earnings  (Operating  EBIT)  of  $120.6  million  were 
lower than last year due to resource challenges as a 
consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly 
on Pilbara based projects which experienced high staff 
turnover, labour rate increases and skill shortages.

Non-recurring  transactions  include  recoveries  from 
Gascoyne  Resources  following  their  successful 
recapitalisation,  costs  associated  with  Altura’s 

administration  and  costs  related  to  the  acquisition  
of Primero.

Net Earnings excluding non-cash amortisation costs for 
acquisition intangibles at standard tax rates decreased 
to  $75.1  million  compared  to  $89.7  million  in  FY20 
due to lower operating earnings which as commented 
above were impacted by resource constraints.

13

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Financial ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Financial ReportCFO FINANCIAL 

REPORT

Increase in revenue was a  
result of continued 
growth following the 
FY20 acquisition of BGC 
Contracting (Renamed  
NRW Contracting)  
and Primero.  

$120.6M

Operating EBIT

n
o
r
I

s
a

l
t
A
-

r
e
b
b
e
W

t

M

14

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021    |   CFO Financial ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Financial Report 
 
 
 
CFO FINANCIAL  
REPORT CONTINUED

BALANCE SHEET, OPERATING CASH FLOW & 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Net Assets  increased  in  the  year  by  $72.7  million  to 
$545.1  million  reflecting  earnings  in  the  year  net  of 
dividend payments and equity raised for the acquisition 
of Primero ($50.5 million). 

Cash balances ended the year at $146.5 million. Net 
debt increased to $171.3 million which included $50.0 
million of new debt to fund the acquisition of Primero. 

The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that 
Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (‘BCO’), part of the 

Idemitsu  Group  agreed  to  acquire  the  majority  of  the 
major  mining  equipment  of  Golding  Contractors. This 
transaction completed shortly after the year end had a 
significant positive change to the balance sheet. Given 
this impact we have provided a ‘pro forma’ balance sheet 
alongside the statutory balance sheet to show how this 
transaction would have changed the year end balance 
sheet. You can read more about this transaction on the 
ASX release. 

A summary of the balance sheet as at the end of the 
current financial year and the previous financial year is 
provided below.

Pro forma(1) 
30 Jun 21

Actual 
30 Jun 21

Actual 
30 Jun 20

Cash 

Financial debt

Lease debt

Net Debt 

Property, Plant and equipment

Non-current assets held for sale

Lease assets (right of use)

Working capital 

Investments in associates and listed equities

Tax Liabilities 

Net Tangible Assets 

Intangibles and Goodwill 

Net Assets 

Gearing 

Gearing Excl. AASB 16

$M

163.9

(196.7)

(55.9)

(88.7)

321.4

-

48.2

56.6

15.8

(15.3)

338.0

207.1

545.1

16.3%

6.0%

$M

146.5

(261.9)

(55.9)

(171.3)

321.4

82.6

48.2

56.6

15.8

(15.3)

338.0

207.1

545.1

31.4%

21.2%

$M

170.2

(244.8)

(65.1)

(139.7)

451.8

-

58.3

(18.7)

2.6

(0.9)

353.4

119.0

472.4

29.6%

15.8%

(1) Pro forma balance sheet includes the impact of the sale of the Boggabri mobile equipment. For more information refer note 7.7 of  
     financial statements.

Capital expenditure totalled $77.9 million compared to 
$82.6 million in the previous financial year. Expenditure 
was mostly focused on maintenance and new equipment 
purchases to replace fleet which had come to the end of 
its useful life.

Intangibles and goodwill increased due to the Primero 
acquisition partly offset by amortisation charges incurred 
in the year.

The  income  tax  expense  recognised  in  net  earnings 
has reduced the deferred tax asset carrying value as 
expected. Tax  balances  are  now  carried  as  a  net  tax 
liability but include within that balance further tax losses. 

in April  2021.  Overall  dividend  payments  in  the  year 
totalled $35.0 million.

NRW  continued  to  maintain  strong  relationships  with 
its  banking  partners  Bankwest  and  Bank  of  China. 
Developments  in  the  year  included  agreement  of  a 
new $50.0 million facility with Bankwest to support the 
acquisition  of  Primero  Group. All  banking  covenants 
were in compliance at all times during the year and at 
30 June 2021.

Returns to shareholders included both a final dividend 
for FY20 of 4 cents paid in October 2020 and an interim 
dividend for the current financial year of 4 cents paid 

Andrew Walsh 
CFO, NRW Holdings

15

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Financial Report

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Performance at a Glance 
SUSTAINABILITY 
REPORT

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2020   |   CFO Financial Report

A MESSAGE FROM THE  
SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE

On  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  I  am  pleased  to 
provide  you  with  NRW’s  first  Sustainability  Report 
(Report).  NRW  is  committed  to  responsible  and 
sustainable  business  practices  and  to  the  transparent 
reporting of our sustainability performance. 

As we have grown, so have our, and our stakeholders’, 
expectations  of  how  we  report  on  our  sustainability 
initiatives and performance. Following the establishment 
of the Sustainability Committee (Committee) in FY20, 
we  determined  that  we  would  prepare  this  Report 
which establishes a framework for future sustainability 
disclosures  and  will  form  the  foundation  for  year  on  
year reporting.

OUR JOURNEY

Whilst  NRW  has  reported  on  material  environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) matters since it listed on 
the Australian Securities Exchange in 2007, we recognise 
that reporting frameworks have significantly developed 
over  this  time.  This,  combined  with  NRW  becoming  a 
larger and more complex organisation, prompted us to 
reconsider how we report on our material ESG matters to 
our stakeholders. 

As a result we adopted the reporting framework under 
the Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosure 
(TCFD)  which  established  recommendations 
for 
voluntary  and  effective  climate  related  disclosures.  A 
phased  implementation  plan  to  align  NRW’s  reporting 
of  climate  change  risks  and  climate-related  financial 
disclosures  within  the  TCFD  framework  is  currently 
being  developed.  In  reporting  on  NRW’s  sustainability 
performance we will also be guided by relevant Global 
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards, and have linked our 
actions to the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

This  Report  is  the  first  time  NRW  has  aligned  ESG 
disclosures to international standards and frameworks 
widely recognised as best practice. We acknowledge that 
by adopting these standards and frameworks it enables 
us to report to our stakeholders on how our ESG initiatives 
contribute to a more sustainable future. We consider this 
initial Report an important step on our pathway to further 
developing our sustainability reporting and disclosures. 

In  this  Report  we  share  what  we  are  doing  across  a 
number of ESG focused initiatives within our business. 
These initiatives include:

•  Our  major  partnership  with  GIVIT,  a  not-for-profit 
organisation focused on community giving to deliver 
important social benefits;

17

• 

• 

• 

Supporting  the  growth  of  our  people  through  the 
development  of  our  training  facility  which  opened 
this year;

The  introduction  of  our  Company  Paid  Parental 
Leave scheme to support women and improve the 
gender composition of our workforce; and

Various investments and partnerships to further the 
objectives of a low carbon economy.

We  hope  that  this  Report  demonstrates  to  our 
stakeholders how our business values ESG matters. 

LOOKING FORWARD

We  recognise  that  our  long-term  commitment  to 
sustainability is integral to our ongoing success.

Our plan for FY22 is to engage more broadly with our 
stakeholders to refine and validate our material issues 
and to identify the priority SDGs which will be our focus 
moving forward. This will allow us to:

• 

• 

• 

Set priorities with regards to ESG matters for NRW;

Identify ESG areas that will underpin future strategic 
development and planning; and 

Assist  with  communication  of  the  Company’s 
sustainability objectives. 

We  will  be  undertaking  our  materiality  assessment 
in  accordance  with  the  GRI  Standards  to  validate 
our  material  economic,  social,  environmental  and 
governance related issues relevant to our business and 
our stakeholders.

Our near-term goal is to develop a five-year sustainability 
reporting plan to support sustainable value creation by 
tracking  our  performance  over  time.  The  plan  will  be 
progressive in nature, and will focus on material issues 
relevant to us and our stakeholders and will include the 
identification of specific sustainability metrics and targets. 

NRW  is  committed  to  supporting  our  clients  and 
stakeholders  as  we  work  towards  a  more  sustainable 
future.  We  are  proud  of  our  achievements  to  date, 
noting that this Report is the beginning of what will be a 
committed journey towards furthering our sustainability 
disclosure in the future.

Fiona Murdoch
Chair Sustainability Committee

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportA MESSAGE FROM THE  

SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE

SUSTAINABILITY  
SNAPSHOT

Environment

Scope 1 and Scope 2 Greenhouse Gas Emissions (ktCO2-e)

Environmental Breaches or Fines

The Development of an Implementation Plan for  
Improved Climate Disclosure Using TCFD Guidance

Social

Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate

Safety Prosecutions or Fines

Fatalities

COVID-19 Response – Workforce Support and Assistance Provided

Average Total Workforce FY21

Direct Employees - Female Participation

Total Number of Apprentices 

Employees Who Returned to Work Post Parental Leave

Introduction of a Company Paid Parental Leave Policy

10.27

Nil

6.25

0.61

Nil

Nil

6,454

13.21%

89

72%

Major Partnership with GIVIT to Support Local and Regional Communities

$150,000

Governance

Board Members – Female Participation

20%

Announcements Made to the ASX and no Breaches of Continuous Disclosure

37

Board Member Attendance at Board Meetings

100%

Introduction of Modern Slavery Statement

Revenue

18

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW’S BUSINESS

NRW is a leading provider of diversified 
contract  services  to  the  resources  and 
infrastructure  sectors  in  Australia.  The 
way  the  business  performs  its  work  is 
integral to its vision to deliver services to 
standards above industry expectations.  

NRW recognises that responsible environmental and 
social management in these sectors plays a significant 
role in ensuring sustainable outcomes for the business 
and the planet.

Expectations  from  all  stakeholders  concerning  ESG 
matters  continues  to  increase.  To  fulfil  our  mission, 
NRW recognises the need to challenge ourselves to 
improve our performance on key sustainability metrics, 
and to invest in the area of sustainability reporting. We 
believe this is critical to creating long-term sustainable 
value for our shareholders and other stakeholders.

We  are  committed  to  addressing  the  environmental 
and social impacts of our businesses and operations 
through  continuous  improvement,  engagement  with 
our  stakeholders  and  consistency  in  our  processes, 
while remaining flexible to accommodate our clients’ 
requirements.  Within  the  facilities  that  we  manage, 
including workshops and offices, we are committed to 
addressing the environmental and social impacts from 
these operations in a sustainable manner.

Although  NRW  does  not  own  the  resources  or 
infrastructure  projects  on  which  it  operates,  we  are 
committed to supporting the sustainability objectives 
of  our  clients.  These  objectives  include  Aboriginal 
and Torres  Strait  Islander  employment  targets,  local 
employment targets, safety benchmarks, adherence to 
environmental standards and climate-related initiatives 
to  reduce  or  limit  greenhouse  gas  emissions  whilst  
on site.

19

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportABOUT THIS REPORT

PURPOSE

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

This Sustainability Report (Report) discloses NRW’s 
sustainability performance information for the financial 
year  ended  30  June  2021  (FY21).  The  purpose  of 
this Report is to demonstrate how NRW is managing 
its  environmental,  social  and  governance  risks  and 
opportunities  to  deliver  sustainable  shareholder 
returns. Moving forward, NRW is committed to reporting 
its sustainability performance annually.

FORMAT

NRW’s sustainability performance is provided as part of 
the Annual Report to demonstrate the interconnectivity 
and  interdependency  of  sustainability,  remuneration 
and financial performance. It also enables the Company 
the  ability  to  integrate,  across  the  whole  report,  the 
concept of creating value for its stakeholders - including 
shareholders, clients, employees and the communities 
in which it operates. 

NRW  Holdings  Limited  (ACN  118  300  217)  is  the 
parent entity of the NRW group of companies. In this 
Report, unless otherwise stated, references to ‘NRW’, 
the ‘Company’ or ‘NRW Group’ refer to NRW Holdings 
Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

This Report should be read in conjunction with NRW’s 
Annual  Financial  Statements  and  other  periodic 
announcements lodged with the Australian Securities 
Exchange  (ASX),  including  the  Annual  Financial 
Statements and Corporate Governance Statement, all 
of which are available on the NRW website (www.nrw.
com.au) and the ASX platform (ASX: NWH).  

NRW’s  operations  are  primarily  based  in  Australia, 
with an office in Canada (supporting approximately 30 
employees) and operations in Canada and the United 
States of America. The Report is limited to the ESG 
impacts of the Australian operations only, due to the 
limited nature of operations overseas.  

20

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportSUSTAINABILITY AT NRW

NRW is committed to improving its sustainability performance and reporting.

SUSTAINABILITY OBJECTIVE

NRW  is  contributing  to  a  sustainable  future  through 
responsible business practices that deliver economic 
returns  for  its  shareholders,  creates  value  for  the 
communities  in  which  it  operates  and  respects  the 
environment to leave a positive legacy. The Company 
is  committed  to  the  sustainable  development  of 
its  business  through  effective  management  of  the 
environmental,  social  and  governance  issues  it 
encounters.  How  NRW  achieves  this  objective  will 
evolve under the influence of innovation, government 
changes and progressive industry ‘best practice’.

SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE

NRW’s  sustainability  objective  is  central  to  our 
operation  as  a  responsible  business.  During 
FY20,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  (Board) 
formalised responsibility for the management of ESG 
matters  by  establishing  a  Sustainability  Committee 
(Committee).  The  Committee’s  role  is  to  provide 
advice,  recommendations  and  assistance  to  the 
Board  with  respect  to  ESG  matters.  The  Charter  of 
the  Sustainability  Committee  can  be  found  on  the 
NRW  website  (www.nrw.com.au/about-us/corporate-
governance). 

Sustainability Reporting Plan 

to 

NRW  is  committed  to  developing  a  5-year 
track 
Sustainability  Reporting  Plan 
the  Company’s  progress  relative  to  its 
sustainability  objective.  Once  finalised,  the 
reporting  structures  within  the  plan  will  be 
incorporated into the Annual Report and will 
be shared with stakeholders.

The Board delegates responsibility to the Committee 
to  review  and  set  the  objectives  and  targets  of  all 
ESG  initiatives  within  the  Company,  and  to  monitor 
subsequent  performance.  The  Committee  has 
determined the remit of directors and key executives 
with  regards  to  the  ESG  matters  for  which  they  
are accountable. 

The Company’s sustainability governance structure is 
shown below. 

Board

The Board is responsible for the oversight and strategic direction of NRW. The Board 
reviews, and as appropriate, approves the sustainability practices within NRW.

Sustainability Committee

The Sustainability Committee is responsible for providing advice, recommendations and 
assistance to the Board with respect to sustainability primarily in relation to environmental, 
social and corporate governance matters. 

CEO and Executive Management

The CEO makes recommendations to the Sustainability Committee regarding the 
sustainability objectives and priorities of the NRW Group. 

External Advisors

NRW seeks to engage external advisors to provide information and advice on sustainability 
related issues where appropriate.

In accordance with the Charter of the Sustainability Committee, the Committee must have a minimum of three 
members, all of which must be Non-Executive Directors and the majority of which must be independent Directors. 
The Committee comprises the following members.

Fiona Murdoch

Peter Johnston

Michael Arnett

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

The Committee met twice during FY21 with all members in attendance and furthered the sustainability initiatives and 
objectives of the Company by resolving to prepare this Report. 

21

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
SUSTAINABILITY AT NRW CONTINUED

REPORTING FRAMEWORKS

NRW reviewed internationally recognised sustainability 
frameworks  and  standards  to  support  the  Company 
in developing this Report. The Company has chosen 
to publish its sustainability information in accordance 
with  certain  elements  of  the  following  standards  
and frameworks.

Over  recent  years  there  have  been  significant 
developments  aimed  at  better  quality  and  more 
consistent sustainability reporting. NRW will continue 
to  monitor  these  developments  and  may  adapt  its 
reporting approach as needed in the future.

UNITED NATIONS SUSTAINABLE 
DEVELOPMENT GOALS

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs)  were  developed  by  the  United  Nations  in 
2015  and  adopted  as  part  of  the  2030  Agenda  for 
Sustainable  Development.  The  17  SDGs  and  their 
related  targets  provide  business,  government  and 
civil  society  organisations  with  an  agenda  to  focus 
their  sustainability  efforts.  While  the  SDGs  are 
not  a  sustainability  reporting  framework,  they  are 
increasingly being used to guide reporting.

Throughout  this  Report  NRW  has  highlighted  where 
it  considers  its  activities  align  with,  and  support,  
the SDGs. 

GLOBAL REPORTING INITIATIVE

The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) is an independent, 
international organisation responsible for developing 
the  GRI  Standards,  the  world’s  most  widely  used 
sustainability reporting standards. The GRI Standards 
create a common language for organisations to report 
on  their  sustainability  impacts  in  a  consistent  and 
credible  way.  This  enables  global  comparability  and 
allows organisations to be transparent and accountable. 
NRW  is  committed  to  reporting  in  accordance  with 
the  GRI  Standards  as  part  of  its  Sustainability  
Reporting Plan.

The GRI Standards have informed NRW’s sustainability 
reporting  practices  in  FY21  and  supported  the 
Company’s  approach  to  its  materiality  assessment  
and disclosure.

TASKFORCE FOR CLIMATE RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

the 
The  Financial  Stability  Board  established 
industry-led Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) to develop a voluntary, consistent, 
climate-related financial disclosure framework for use 
by  companies  in  providing  information  to  investors, 
lenders, insurers and other stakeholders. The TCFD 
released its recommendations aligned to the pillars of 
Governance, Strategy, Risk Management and Metrics 
and Targets in 2017.

NRW  has  resolved  to  adopt  the  TCFD  Reporting 
Framework. The Company acknowledges its climate-
related disclosures are evolving, and through a phased 
approach will work towards increased disclosure under 
the TCFD Reporting Framework in the future.

NRW’S  APPROACH

This Report reflects an important step in reporting on 
NRW’s material environmental, social and governance 
impacts.  Our  initial  focus  was  on  understanding  the 
impact  of  the  business  with  reference  to  the  GRI 
Standards.  Across  all  of  our  operations,  we  have 
considered  the  material  issues  as  those  that  would  
have  the  biggest  impact  on  the  economy,  the 
environment, and society. 

In  shaping  this  Report,  we  referenced  a  wide  range 
of  internal  and  external  sources  to  assess  what  is 
considered material, including:

Internal Factors

•  NRW’s vision, mission and values.

•  NRW’s business operations.

•  Geographical  spread,  including  remote  and 

regional communities across Australia.

•  Corporate  policies,  guidelines,  standards,  and 

business practices.

• 

Initiatives  identified  by  its  business  units  and 
driven by the executive management team.

External Factors

• 

Shareholder  expectations  based  on 
Company’s engagement with them over time.

the 

•  Client expectations and experiences.

•  Global  trends  with  regards  to  sustainability 

practices and reporting.

•  Mining  industry  and  sector  specific  trends  with 

regards to sustainability practices and reporting. 

•  Opportunities and challenges faced by the mining 

services sector.

• 

Innovation within industry.

•  NRW’s understanding of the communities in which 

it operates.

Senior leaders within the Company have reviewed and 
validated the outcomes of the assessment, and their 
input has helped define the material issues outlined in 
this Report. 

NRW is undertaking a materiality assessment in FY22, 
including external stakeholder engagement, to better 
understand  the  context  and  inform  sustainability 
actions within the Company. The outcomes will guide 
the Company in refining and prioritising the identified 
material  issues  and  will  inform  the  future  long-term 
action plan to achieve our sustainability objective.

22

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
SUSTAINABILITY AT NRW CONTINUED

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

We acknowledge that NRW’s business operations directly impact a wide range of internal and external stakeholders. 
Therefore, what is important to our stakeholders is important to the Company. 

This is how NRW engaged with its stakeholders during FY21.  

Our Shareholders

NRW is focused on creating sustainable long-term value creation for its shareholders. Shareholders consist of institutional and  
retail investors. 

Areas of Interest

Method of Engagement

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Financial performance
Business strategy 
Business ethics
Governance and risk management
Climate related disclosure.

Clients

• 
• 
• 
• 

Annual General Meeting
Investor calls and presentations
Distribution of price-sensitive information to shareholders via the ASX
Responses to regular investor, analyst and media enquiries.

NRW  is  committed  to  supporting  its  clients  through  successful  project  delivery.  Clients  range  from  large  listed  organisations, 
government departments to medium sized private entities.  

Areas of Interest

Method of Engagement

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

Health and safety practices
Project delivery, including product/service  
quality and pricing
Environmental, social and governance practices
Innovation
Supply chain management.

People

• 
• 

• 

Early Contractor Involvement opportunities
Tendering opportunities and submissions which include provision of 
company safety, environmental and social performance
Business networking events to develop long-lasting relationships.

NRW values the health, safety and wellbeing of its workforce above all else, and strives to provide a workplace culture that 
recognises and values diversity and inclusiveness. NRW’s workforce is large and diverse, engaging approximately 6,500 people 
Australia wide. 

Areas of Interest

• 
• 
• 
• 

Health and safety practices
Diversity and inclusiveness
Training and development
Remuneration practices.

Communities

Method of Engagement

• 

• 
• 

Active communication through the NRW intranet, newsletters and 
toolbox meetings (for site and workshop employees)
Important alerts via email and notice-board signage
Training and development opportunities where these opportunities 
provide meaningful personal and professional development.

NRW’s long-term success depends on the wellbeing and development of the communities in which it operates. NRW maintains head 
offices in Perth and Brisbane, as well as other offices in local and regional areas across Australia.  

Areas of Interest

Method of Engagement

• 
• 

• 

Level of community engagement 
The direct economic impacts of the business  
on the community
Environmental impact of business operations.

• 

• 

• 
• 

Targeted recruitment of a local workforce where the required skills 
and expertise are available
Prioritisation of spend with local vendors, particularly in remote and 
regional areas of operation
Adoption of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander participation plans  
In-kind and financial contributions to support community initiatives 
and objectives.

Other Stakeholder Groups

This includes suppliers, contracting partners, government agencies and other regulatory bodies.

Areas of Interest

Method of Engagement

• 
• 
• 
• 

Supplier terms and conditions
Governance and risk management
Climate related disclosure
Regulatory compliance.

• 
• 
• 

Supplier pre-qualification process
Joint venture board and committee meetings
Responding to requests from government agencies and  
other regulatory bodies.

23

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportSUSTAINABILITY AT NRW CONTINUED

MATERIAL ISSUES

The issues identified below represent the material issues assessed as relevant to the NRW Group. These material 
issues have been mapped to the SDGs to highlight how NRW’s activities can support sustainable development. 

Material Issue

Definition

Environment

SDGs

Page

Climate Change

Managing NRW’s contribution to climate change by reducing greenhouse 
gas emissions, where possible, from energy use.

Resource Use, 
Rehabilitation and 
Management

Managing the sustainable use of resources, including water. Ensuring 
land rehabilitation and revegetation at facilities both pre and post closure. 
Reducing the amount of waste generated through avoidance, reuse  
and recycling.

Innovation

Keeping pace with technological innovation to ensure NRW remains 
market competitive and meets client expectations.

Social

Safety, Health  
and Wellbeing

Maintaining a high safety standard and culture through the organisation, 
and being accountable for safety performance. 

Employee 
Engagement

Attracting and retaining a skilled workforce by establishing NRW as an 
employer of choice within the industries and sectors in which it operates, 
and providing its workforce access to training and education to facilitate 
personal and professional development opportunities.

Workplace Culture 
and Diversity

Embedding a strong corporate culture that reflects high ethical standards 
and personal integrity, and creating a diverse and inclusive workplace 
where employees have a positive attitude and support the Company’s 
values.

Community 
Engagement

Governance

Corporate 
Governance

Supporting the communities in which NRW operates through  
partnerships, procurement, sponsorships, donations, training and  
employment opportunities.

Adopting good corporate governance practices with respect to 
environmental and social matters. Remaining in compliance with its 
obligations to industry, government and other regulators. 

Business Ethics 
and Transparency

Expecting all employees to act lawfully, ethically and responsibly at all 
times. This includes engaging with suppliers and contractors to mitigate 
the risks of, for example, modern slavery within supply chains.

Risk Management

Implementing risk management practices across the organisation to 
identify, assess and manage risks, including non-financial risks, that can 
materially impact the businesses sustainability outcomes.  

27

29

30

32

35

36

37

42

43

43

The Report that follows provides further information about each material issue and how NRW, as a business, 
manages them in line with its sustainability objective. Throughout the Report we also highlight where we consider 
our activities align with, and support, the SDGs.

NRW acknowledges that financial and operational performance are material issues for the business and all its 
stakeholders.  NRW  assesses  and  manages  financial  and  operational  risk  within  the  businesses  broader  risk 
management processes, commentary on which is included within the Annual Report. This sustainability report 
concentrates on material issues which are more relevant to ESG matters.

24

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportOur Isaac Plains  
environmental team has 
rehabilitated 585 hectares  
of land, which is 39% of all  
land that has been disturbed.

ENVIRONMENT

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportENVIRONMENT

that 

NRW  understands 
responsible 
environmental management in the resources 
and  infrastructure  sector  plays  a  significant 
role  in  ensuring  its  sustainability,  and 
underpins the Company’s ability to maintain a 
social license to operate.

Across  all  of  our  operations,  the  Company  actively  seeks 
to  minimise  the  environmental  impacts  associated  with  its 
activities  by  developing  and  implementing  environmental 
systems,  strategies  and  plans.  Every  project  undertaken 
involves careful environmental planning from project inception 
to the operational stages to identify environmental obligations 
and 
to  set  management  procedures.  Environmental 
professionals  are  engaged,  where  required,  to  monitor 
compliance  with  these  obligations  and  encourage  positive 
behaviour and high-quality outcomes. 

Environmental  management  systems,  maintained  to  the 
international  specification  for  ISO  14001,  provide  the 
foundation  for  consistent  delivery  of  the  highest  level  of 
environmental  management  across  projects.  External 
agencies strictly monitor compliance to the specification on 
a regular basis. 

The  Company  operates  in  accordance  with  all  relevant 
environmental  legislation  and  licenses  and  did  not  receive 
any environmental fines or sanctions during FY21.

Seed Hole Analysis Performed at  
Action Drill & Blast

During  FY21,  Action  Drill  &  Blast  performed  a  seed  hole 
analysis program at one of its sites. Seed Hole Analysis is 
a practice used to measure the properties of particular rock 
types in relation to blasting. 

There are two key benefits to utilising seed hole analysis:

• 

• 

A  more  accurate  understanding  of  how  blast  induced 
ground  vibrations  react  in  certain  ground  types  -  this 
allows Action Drill & Blast to more accurately calculate 
blast vibrations and refine blasting practices adjacent to 
sacred heritage sites to preserve their structural integrity. 
This  improved  accuracy  also  allows  it  to  utilise  larger 
diameter blast holes which reduces the amount of drilling 
required, thereby reducing carbon emissions.

Enhancing  Action  Drill  &  Blasts  understanding  of  the 
velocity of pressure waves - this allows it to modify how 
a blast is fired to maximise its effectiveness. This results 
in a lower consumption of explosives for a more effective 
blast result, reducing overall carbon emissions.

26

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportENVIRONMENT CONTINUED

CLIMATE CHANGE

NRW operates within the capital and carbon-intensive 
mining  services  sector.  The  Company  understands 
that the industry in which it operates, and therefore its 
work, has an impact on the climate. We are committed 
to  reducing  our  impact  on  the  climate  and  providing 
to  our  climate  
transparent  reporting 
related disclosures.

in  regards 

Scope 1 (ktCO2-e)(3)

Scope 2 (ktCO2-e)(3)

Scope 1 and Scope 2 (ktCO2-e)

Emissions Intensity(4) (Scope 1 + 
Scope 2) (ktCO2-e/$m AUD) 

FY21(1)

FY20(2)

5.89

4.38

10.27

5.02

4.92

9.94

0.46

0.50

MANAGING CARBON EMISSIONS

Energy Consumption (GJ)

117,506

106,474

Energy Intensity(4) (GJ/$m AUD)

52.9

53.1

Revenue ($m)

2,222

2,004

(1)  Includes BGC Contracting and DIAB Engineering for the full year  
      and Primero from February 2021.
(2)  Includes BGC Contracting and DIAB Engineering from  
      December 2019.
(3)  Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG Emissions calculated in accordance         
      with the NGER Act.
(4)  Intensity calculated with reference to total group revenue ($ m’s).

NRW notes an increase in Scope 1 GHG Emissions 
in  FY21  due  to  the  expanded  size  of  our  business 
operations  post-acquisition  of  Primero  Group  Ltd 
and with a full year of BGC Contracting Pty Ltd, and 
increase in work performed (revenue) during the year.

NRW is investing in ways to reduce its GHG emissions 
through the following initiatives:

•  Utilising renewable energy where this is a viable 

option, including solar.

• 

• 

fleet 

staggered 

strategy 
A 
across  small  drill  rigs  to  newer  models  with 
significant  fuel  saving  technology,  and  reduced  
fuel consumption. 

replacement 

Energy audits of high energy consumption offices 
to  identify  alternative  operating  guidelines  for 
office  air-conditioning  to  reduce  peak  demand 
and improve operational efficiency.

RCR Provides In-Pit Crushing 
and Conveying Solutions

RCR’s  award-winning  In-Pit  Crushing  &  Conveying 
units  are  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  modern 
mining  practices  through  a  combination  of  feeding, 
screening,  crushing  and  processing 
functions 
mounted  on  a  single  self-propelled  mobile  platform. 
This  innovative  product  design,  when  compared  to 
traditional  mining/haul  solutions, 
reduce  carbon 
emissions by 75%.

The  National  Greenhouse  and  Energy  Reporting 
Act  2007  (NGER  Act)  introduced  a  single  national 
framework for the reporting of Greenhouse Gas (GHG) 
emissions, energy use and energy consumption. NRW 
has determined GHG Emissions using the concept of 
‘operational control’ as defined by the NGER Act. This 
concept is consistent with how NRW internally tracks, 
manages and reports on GHG Emissions. 

As a contractor to the civil, resource and infrastructure 
sectors,  NRW’s  mine  site  GHG  emissions  typically 
increase  or  decrease  proportionally  in  line  with  the 
contracted workload. Generally, NRW’s operations are 
under the direction and control of the mine operator, 
including  a  requirement  to  work  in  accordance  with 
the  site  policies,  health  and  safety  practices  and 
environmental management plan. 

For the purposes of the NGER assessment, NRW 
is  not  required  to  include  Scope  1  and  Scope  2 
GHG  emissions  on  sites  where  it  does  not  have 
‘operational  control’  of  ‘facilities’.  However,  it  is 
required  to  report  this  data  to  the  entity  that  does 
have  operational  control  for  inclusion  in  their  NGER 
assessment,  data  which  NRW  provides  to  clients  as 
required, or in monthly environmental reports. 

NRW  has  areas  of  its  business  with  Scope  1  and 
Scope 2 GHG Emissions, including a heat treatment 
facility,  workshops,  office  buildings,  transport-related 
emissions (pre-entry to site), and company vehicles. 

To  date,  NRW’s  total  Scope  1  and  Scope  2  GHG 
Emissions  and  energy  consumption  are  under 
the  facility  and  corporate  reporting  threshold  as 
determined by the NGER Act, and the Company has 
therefore  not  been  required  to  formally  report  this 
data. However, in accordance with our Sustainability 
Reporting Plan, NRW has detailed its GHG Emissions 
within this Report.

NRW’s  Scope  1  and  Scope  2  GHG  emissions  and 
energy consumption are shown below. 

27

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
ENVIRONMENT CONTINUED

TASKFORCE FOR CLIMATE RELATED 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

The  Financial  Stability  Board  established 
the  
industry-led TCFD to develop a voluntary, consistent, 
climate-related financial disclosure framework for use 
by  companies  in  providing  information  to  investors, 
lenders, insurers and other stakeholders. 

Governance

Strategy

Risk 
Management

Metrics &
Targets

on 

four  widely  adoptable 
The  TCFD  developed 
recommendations 
financial 
climate-related 
disclosures that are applicable to organisations across 
all sectors. These disclosures allow for more effective 
risk  assessments,  better-informed  capital  allocation 
decisions  and  better  strategic  planning  with  regards 
to climate. The TCFD structured its recommendations 
around  four  thematic  areas  that  represent  core 
elements of how organisations operate: Governance, 
Strategy, Risk Management and Metrics and Targets.  

Disclose the organisations governance around climate-
related risks and opportunities.

Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related 
risks and opportunities on the organisations businesses, 
strategy, and financial planning.

Disclose the processes used by the organisation to identify, 
assess and manage climate-related risks.

Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and 
management relevant climate-related risks and opportunities.

looking 

NRW  are 
to  align  our  climate-related 
disclosures  with  the  TCFD  Recommendations.  By 
aligning to the TCFD Reporting Framework, NRW will 
have  a  clear  structure  for  assessing  climate-related 
risks  and  opportunities,  and  integrating  these  risks 
and opportunities into its strategic decision making.

NRW’s  internal  expertise  in  the  area  of  climate 
related  risks  is  developing.  NRW  is  utilising  the 

TCFD  Recommendations  as  the  key  driver  not 
only  to  improve  climate-related  disclosure,  but  for 
integrating  climate  risk  management  into  company 
practices. Consequently NRW is planning to adopt a 
phased approach to the implementation of the TCFD 
Recommendations, as shown below. The initial focus 
will  be  on  Governance  and  Risk  Management,  with 
further alignment to Strategy and Metrics and Targets 
to follow. 

Identity & Plan

Update & Integrate

Adopt & Implement

Define governance and management of 
climate related risks.

Update corporate policies and integrate 
climate-related processes.

Set metrics and targets for climate related 
disclosure and perform scenario analysis.

Activities

Activities

Activities

• 

• 

• 

• 

Define how climate related risks and 
opportunities will be governed and 
managed within the business.

Set corporate strategy and risk appetite 
with respect to climate related risks.

Identify industry best practice and 
relevant benchmarks, and perform a 
gap analysis.

Perform a high level climate-related  
risk assessment.

• 

• 

• 

Update corporate policies to reflect 
governance and management 
frameworks.

Integrate climate-related risk 
assessments into enterprise wide risk 
management frameworks.

Assess climate-related risks and 
opportunities against business policies 
and procedures. 

• 

• 

• 

Set metrics and targets for the 
business to guide and measure 
climate-related performance.

Perform scenario analysis to test 
business resilience.

Integrate results into strategic  
business planning. 

28

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
ENVIRONMENT CONTINUED

RESOURCE USE, REHABILITATION  
AND MANAGEMENT 

WATER MANAGEMENT AND USE

Mining  and  infrastructure  projects  can  require  large 
amounts of water, and often have the ability to impact 
water  quality  within  the  broader  environment.  NRW 
is  committed  to  sustainable  water  management  and 
use by working with clients to prevent contamination 
and  wastage  on  each  of  its  project  sites.  This  is  in 
recognition  of  the  potential  for  the  offsite  impacts  to 
water quality, as well as water being a limited resource.

Site specific water management plans are developed 
by  NRW’s  clients  and  are  often  contained  within  the 
broader  project  environmental  management  plan. 
These environmental management plans describe the 
specific requirements, procedures and measures that 
will be implemented for each project in the appropriate 
management  of  resources,  including  water.  NRW 
adheres  to  all  project  environmental  management 
plans whilst operating on site.

Water Quality Measures 
Implemented at Golding Sites

NRW’s  civil  based  operations  in  Queensland  often 
require  detailed  water  management  plans  due  to 
the  proximity  of  the  projects  to  urban  areas  where 
water supply and quality are vital for the community.  
Projects may also require detailed project erosion and 
sediment control plans and storm water management 
plans to manage site runoff in a responsible manner. 
Some of the actions under the plans to preserve water 
supply and quality include:

LAND REHABILITATION

NRW provides progressive land rehabilitation options 
to  its  clients,  including  site  closure  remediation. The 
Company’s  capability  in  this  regard  includes  bulk 
earthworks,  topsoil  management,  soil  amendments, 
revegetation, monitoring and maintenance. 

As  a  business,  NRW  is  committed  to  pursuing  mine 
site  rehabilitation  contracts  to  further  its  work  in  this 
area. Examples to date where NRW have successfully 
helped  with  land  rehabilitation  efforts  include  Isaac 
Plains and Argyle Diamond Mine. 

Rehabilitation at Isaac Plains

Golding  Contractors  are  engaged  to  perform  all 
mine  works  at  the  Isaac  Plains  mine  site.  This 
includes  contracted  works  to  design  and  carry  out  
re-contouring  and  topsoil  stripping/replacement  as 
part of the project’s commitment to land rehabilitation.

To  date,  Golding  have  rehabilitated  585  hectares  of 
land at Isaac Plains, which is 39% of all land disturbed 
on  the  site.  This  includes  laydown  areas,  unused 
access roads and ramps. 

The  seed  mix  used  as  part  of  the  land  rehabilitation 
was an endemic based species blend which had been 
identified  as  growing  well  on  existing  rehabilitated 
areas.  Soil  testing  was  also  undertaken  to  help 
Golding  Contractors  gain  a  better  understanding  of 
which  species  and  soil  amendments  may  be  best 
suited  to  the  land.  Eventually,  this  rehabilitated  land 
will be returned to local landholders for cattle grazing.

• 

Staging  of  works  to  minimise  exposed  surfaces 
and diversion of water around or through sites;

WASTE MANAGEMENT

•  Use of polymer soil binders and geo-fabric cover 

to stabilise the site;

• 

Installation  of  high-efficiency  sediment  basins 
fitted with automatic flocculant dosing units in line 
with SEPP 2017 and IECA Guidelines;

•  Water monitoring to verify release water quality;

•  Reuse  of  sediment  basin  water  for  construction 
(compaction,  dust  suppression,  revegetation); 
and

• 

Soil  sampling  and  analysis 
amelioration and water treatment.

to  guide  soil 

Waste  generated  by  NRW  consists  primarily  of 
general  waste,  sewerage  and  wastewater,  and 
tyres, batteries, scrap metal, oils and lubricants from 
company  workshops.  All  waste  is  segregated  into 
its  respective  waste  streams  on  site,  or  at  locations 
with  appropriate  recycling  facilities.  Waste  types  are 
generally tracked and recorded at each project site for 
review and, where possible, reduction. 

All  NRW  operations  are  required  to  have  waste 
management  plans  in  place  which  address  waste 
elimination,  minimisation,  storage, 
transportation 
and  disposal.  These  waste  management  plans 
are  contained  within 
the  project  environmental 
management plan which is specific to each of the sites 
where  NRW  operates.  These  plans  are  in  place  to 
control the risks of waste impacts on the environment 
and local communities. 

29

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportENVIRONMENT CONTINUED

INNOVATION

In  recent  years  the  mining  industry  has  seen  a  significant 
push  towards  decarbonisation  through,  for  example,  the 
adoption of renewable energy. 

NRW  has  various 
to  support 
decarbonisation  through  the  delivery  of  innovative  lower 
carbon technological solutions, including:

initiatives  underway 

•  RCR,  in  partnership  with  Kiruna  Wagon,  have  the 
technology  to  offer  clients  a  more  energy-efficient 
solution  for  unloading  heavy,  fine-grained  bulk  goods. 
The Kiruna Wagon Helix Dumper requires less energy 
than  its  traditional  car  dumper  alternative  due  to  the 
innovative unloading station and discharge process.

• 

Primero is working with various clients in the hydrogen 
energy sector to reduce reliance on hydrocarbon based 
energy sources.

•  NRW  is  partnering  with  a  local  company  to  trial 
hydrogen  injection  technology  on  mining  haul  trucks. 
The  technology  gives  NRW  the  potential  to  utilise 
a  product  that  supports  decarbonisation,  produces 
cleaner  burning  engines,  increases  fuel  efficiency 
and  ultimately,  reduces  the  carbon  footprint  of  mining 
activities.  NRW  intends  to  trial  the  technology  on  a 
CAT785 dump truck over the next twelve months.

Primero Awarded the EPC Contract for 
a Hydrogen and Graphite Production 
Demonstration Plant

the  engineering,  procurement 
Primero  was  awarded 
and  construction  (EPC)  contract  for  a  hydrogen  and 
graphite  production  demonstration  plant.  This  production 
demonstration  plant  is  a  global  and  Australian  first  in 
adopting a new hydrogen and graphite technology. Primero 
has been tasked with the design, construction, procurement 
and  commissioning  of  the  fully  integrated  large  scale 
demonstration  plant.  Upon  completion,  the  demonstration 
plant will deliver the following: 

•  Capacity - 100 tonne per annum fuel cell grade hydrogen 
capable of being used as a low emission transport fuel, 
for power generation, or clean industrial applications.

• 

• 

Feedstock  -  Biogas  -  methane  produced 
the 
wastewater  treatment  process  is  utilised  to  produce 
hydrogen. This methane would otherwise be vented as 
waste into the atmosphere. 

in 

Emissions  -  significant  CO2  emission  reduction  to  the 
Woodman Point Water Treatment Plant and demonstrate 
the potential long-term use for waste biogas produced 
from water treatment operations.

The innovative process is a low cost, low emission process 
to create two high value, high demand products - hydrogen 
and synthetic graphite. Hydrogen and graphite are both key 
products in a global decarbonising economy.

30

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportAcross the Group we are 
 focussed on broadening the 
messages we deliver and the 
initiatives supporting  
mental health such as  
the Blue Tree Project.

SOCIAL

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportSOCIAL

NRW’s long-term success depends on the wellbeing and development of its people 
and the communities in which it operates. 

SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELLBEING

NRW  is  committed  to  supporting  the  safety,  health 
and  wellbeing  of  its  workforce,  and  takes  pride  in 
maintaining an excellent safety record. The Company 
is  firmly  focused  on  completing  daily  tasks  in  a  safe 
manner,  looking  out  for  its  people  and  ultimately 
delivering projects that we are proud of for our clients.  

NRW Civil & Mining’s ‘A Safe Day, 
Every Day’ Initiative

NRW  Civil  and  Mining  (NRWCM)  implemented  its 
‘A  Safe  Day,  Every  Day.’  program  to  improve  safety 
performance.  Comprised  of  safety  initiatives  and 
procedures,  the  ‘A  Safe  Day,  Every  Day.’  program 
promotes  information  sharing  and  communication 
between  projects  to  improve  safety  performance 
across  NRWCM  by  learning  through  peers.  The 
program also contains a recognition component where 
employees  who  go  above  and  beyond  for  safety,  or 
create a positive safety initiative, are recognised. 

The  initiative  includes  safety  performance  tracking 
at  each  of  NRWCM’s  projects.  This  includes  setting 
targets  to  measure  safety  performance  using  key 
performance 
indicators  (KPI’s).  The  KPI’s  used 
to  measure  the  success  of  the  ‘A  Safe  Day,  Every 
Day’  program  include  compliance  activities  such 
as 
training 
along  with  lead  indicators  such  as  behavioural 
based  observations,  hazards  cards  and  health  and  
wellbeing programs. 

communications  and 

inspections, 

The program is an integral part of NRWCM’s projects 
and  has  been  embraced  by  the  workforce  and  
by clients. 

SAFETY

NRW strives to identify and control hazards to provide 
a  safe  workplace  for  all  its  people  by  maintaining  a 
set  of  safety  systems,  controls  and  processes.  The 
Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) management 
systems  NRW  has  in  place  are  accredited  to  both 
the 
AS/NZS  4801:2001, 
Government  funded  Federal  Safety  Commission. 
These certifications are regularly audited by external 
third parties to ensure that NRW continues to deliver 
a high level of safety for its workforce.

ISO  45001:2018,  and 

Safety,  health  and  wellbeing  at  NRW  are 
intrinsically linked to the way we work. NRW 
is committed to achieving the highest possible 
performance  in  occupational  health  and 
safety.

OHS  management  systems  are  applied  across  all 
NRW  projects  to  record  and  monitor  OHS  events. 
It  is  expected  that  all  OHS  incidents  occurring  on 
NRW sites are entered into these database systems 
quickly  and  accurately.  These  OHS  systems  allow 
a  range  of  issues,  incidents  and  observations  to  be 
quickly  and  accurately  communicated  across  the 
business.  This  system  also  provides  transparency 
of OHS performance across the Group by extracting 
and sharing data with the executive leadership team. 
This information is then used, for example, to develop 
risk mitigation strategies to improve work systems to 
create a safer workplace. 

Across  the  business,  rigid  policies  and  procedures 
support NRW’s OHS management systems, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Project  risk  assessments  -  held  prior  to  work 
commencing  on  site  that  looks  to  identify  all 
project specific risks and mitigation strategies.

Safety  management  plans  -  each  project  site 
has  OHS  issues  and  risks  which  are  unique  to 
that  project.  The  project  management  team 
will  develop  a  safety  management  plan  which 
addresses  how  safety  issues  and  risks  will  be 
managed and controlled for that particular project.

Site  safety  meetings  -  including  site  inductions, 
pre-starts, 
site  briefings,  and  
toolbox meetings.

return 

to 

Site  safe  activities  -  including  notice  boards, 
alerts,  job  hazards  analysis,  hazard  cards  and 
safety walkthroughs/inspections.

Safety  training  -  including  incident  investigation 
and  OHS 
training, 
management systems training.

supervisory 

training 

Leading  and  lagging  indicators  -  continuous 
monitoring of both leading and lagging indicators 
with regards to safety performance. 

32

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
NRW’s Response to COVID-19

The  COVID-19  pandemic  required  NRW  to  make 
changes to how it works, and to put systems in place 
to protect its people and the communities in which it 
operates. NRW did this through the implementation of 
the following measures:

• 

• 

• 

Providing  financial  support  to  those  employees 
directly impacted.

accommodation 

Securing 
interstate 
employees  to  temporarily  relocate  them  to  the 
State in which they work.

for 

Allowing  its  workforce  to  adopt  flexible  work 
arrangements,  including  working  from  home, 
where these arrangements were suitable. 

•  Distribution  of  preventative  measures,  including 

face masks and sanitiser.

• 

Increased  cleaning  and  sanitation  of  offices  
and sites.

Information relating to COVID-19 and the management 
of  its  risk  was  regularly  distributed  across  the 
business. This information was based on Federal and 
State  mandates  with  regards  to  the  management  of 
the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  to 
be  a  challenge  for  the  business.  NRW  are  closely 
monitoring  the  situation,  regularly  implementing  risk 
management  measures  and  continuing  to  safeguard 
business continuity.

SOCIAL CONTINUED

•  NRW’s  commitment  to  eliminating  incidents  and 
injuries  on  project  sites  remains  unchanged 
and  is  supported  by  the  constant  review  and 
improvement  of 
its  safety  programs.  Some 
continuous improvement measures implemented 
during FY21 include:

• 

revised  approach 

to  standard  operating 
A 
procedures for tasks with a history of injuries and 
for frequently performed tasks; and

•  Refreshing  safety 

leadership 

training 

to  be 

tailored specifically to projects and systems.

NRW’s  safety  statistics  as  at  30  June  are  
shown below. 

TRIFR

LTIFR

FY21

FY20

6.25

0.61

5.21

0.37

Average Total Workforce 

6,454

5,648

Fatalities

-

2

NRW operated in accordance with all relevant Federal 
and  State  based  safety  legislation  and  regulations 
during  FY21,  and  did  not  receive  any  safety  related 
fines or prosecutions during the year.

33

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
 
SOCIAL CONTINUED

HEALTH AND WELLBEING

NRW  understands  the  benefits  to  its  workforce  of  being  fit 
and  healthy.  In  addition  to  several  campaigns  relating  to 
physical  health,  NRW  has  an  increasing  focus  on  mental 
health and wellbeing. Some of the key initiatives include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

for 
Providing  a  safe  and  supportive  workplace 
all  employees  by  undertaking  a  review  of  formal 
policies, 
including  NRW’s  Diversity  Policy  and  
Whistleblowing Policy.

Promotion of the Employee Assistance Program (EAP). 
The EAP is an independent service, available 24 hours 
a  day  seven  days  a  week,  to  all  employees  and  their 
families.  The  EAP  allows  employees  access  to  health 
and  wellbeing  resources,  as  well  as  professional  
and confidential coaching and support.

Promoting mental health awareness across the business 
including  R  U  OK?  Day,  the  Blue  Tree  Initiative,  and 
Soldier On.    

A  recent  focus  on  increasing  mental  health  training 
both  on  site  and  within  offices.  This  includes  tailored 
training in mental health first aid which is expected to be  
rolled out in FY22.

NRW Supports the Blue Tree  
Initiative to Raise Awareness  
for Mental Health

During the year, NRW actively contributed to mental health 
awareness through support of the Blue Tree Initiative. The 
Blue Tree Initiative aims to help spark difficult conversations 
and  encourage  people  to  speak  up  when  battling  mental 
health concerns.

Mental health and wellbeing are a focus of the mining sector 
given the nature of the work roster and often remote areas in 
which operations are located. To raise awareness and show 
support for good mental health, NRW endorsed a ‘Blue Tree’ 
project initiative at Mt Webber.

If you ever get the pleasure of driving to Mt Webber, you’ll 
pass a blue tree on the access road. One of NRW’s talented 
boilermakers,  Mr  David  Power,  was  the  creator  of  this 
masterpiece. Mr Power designed the tree so that each of the 
birds have a different meaning: Anxiety; Depression; Death. 
The flowers at the bottom signify hope. And you if you look 
very  carefully  you’ll  see  a  shamrock,  the  luck  of  the  Irish, 
and a reminder of where Mr Power calls home.

Revenue

34

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
SOCIAL CONTINUED

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT

WORKFORCE

NRW  employs  a  high-performing,  experienced  and 
appropriately  qualified  workforce  who  provide  a 
wealth of knowledge at all levels of the business. The 
Company is particularly pleased to have a workforce 
that consistently returns to NRW as more projects are 
secured  and  positions  become  available.  Previous 
NRW  employees  are  considered  as  first  preference 
wherever  possible,  and  employees  are  transferred 
from  completed  projects  to  new  projects  to  ensure 
retention of a skilled workforce.

Meeting productivity objectives is critical to successful 
project  delivery.  Certain  parts  of  NRW’s  operations, 
particularly  projects  in  the  WA  Pilbara  region,  have 
been  impacted  by  competition  for  a  limited  resource 
pool  driven  by  both  high  construction  activity  and 

strong  commodity  demand.  Covid-related  border 
restrictions  have  also  impacted  employee  turnover 
and movement between states. NRW envisages that 
these  issues  will  continue  to  have  an  impact  on  the 
business  in  FY22  -  creating  an  even  greater  focus 
on  supplementing  the  existing  skilled  workforce  with 
more trainees and apprentices.

NRW’s  workforce  levels  increased  through  the  year 
to a peak of 7,800 reducing to 6,376 at 30 June 2021 
(FY20:  7,053).  NRW’s  average  total  workforce,  and 
the relevant work types, are shown below.

Direct Employees

Contractors

FY21

4,299

2,155

FY20

3,596

2,052

Average Total Workforce

6,454

5,648

Average Total Workforce according to work type is depicted below, along with Total Direct Employees by location. 

33.40%

Work Type

66.60%

4.85% 0.67%

10.64%

Location(1)

55.02%

28.82%

Direct Employees

Contractors

WA

QLD

SA

Other Australia States

International

(1)   Breakdown by location relates to Total Direct Employees only (excluding Contractors).

NRW has the following policies and programs in place 
to support its workforce:

•  Code of Conduct - Obligations to Stakeholders

•  Company Paid Parental Leave Policy

• 

Employee Assistance Program

Investing in its people not only ensures the Company 
has  the  right  skills,  but  also  provides  its  workforce 
with  the  opportunity  for  personal  and  professional 
development and aids employee retention. NRW has 
increased  its  focus  on  apprenticeships,  graduates, 
traineeships and leadership programs during the year, 
and plans to continue this focus into FY22.

•  Diversity Policy.

89 Apprentices 

NRW  complied  with  all  relevant  Federal  and  State 
based  workplace  laws  and  regulations  throughout 
FY21, including the Fair Work Act 2009. 

In FY22 NRW is planning to undertake an employee 
survey  to  better  understand  the  key  drivers  of 
retention,  employee  wellbeing,  and 
attraction, 
diversity across the business.  With this information, 
NRW  will  be  able  to  design  targeted  strategies  and 
actions  to  support  its  existing  workforce,  and  attract 
and retain new talent to the business.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT

To  support  NRW’s  continued  growth,  the  Company 
remains committed to training and developing its people. 

35

89 apprentices participated in Apprenticeship Programs, 
specialising in automotive (heavy mobile equipment), fabrication 
(heavy welding), and mechanical (mechanical fitter) works.

65 Graduates 

65 graduates and undergraduates were onboarded through a 
structured graduate training program, including engineering (civil 
and mining), surveying, and commercial contracts students. 

112 Formal Training Programs 

112 staff participated in formal training programs. 

173 Leadership and Development Programs 

173 staff were selected and completed internal leadership and 
development programs. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
 
 
 
SOCIAL CONTINUED

In  addition,  NRW  has  a  structured  performance, 
development  and  review  process 
its 
commitment  to  the  training  and  development  of  
its people. 

further 

to 

NRW Training Facility

NRW  has  established  a  training  facility  to  give 
opportunities  for  unskilled  people  to  join  the  mining 
industry.  This  facility  will  allow  NRW  the  ability  to 
address the skills shortage experienced during FY20 
and  FY21  by  providing  training  and  development 
opportunities 
local  unskilled  and  skilled 
workforce. NRW expects more than 100 trainees will 
graduate from the facility each year.

the 

to 

It  is  anticipated  that  NRW  will  source  trainees  from 
a  variety  of  difference  places,  including  internal 
candidates  (upskilling),  from  sectors  affected  by 
COVID-19,  as  well  as  those  with  transferable  skills 
and knowledge such as the transport industry. 

NRW  is  also  committed  to  running  courses  targeted 
at Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait  Islander  Peoples  and 
female  trainees  to  increase  participation  from  these 
sections of the workforce. 

WORKPLACE CULTURE AND DIVERSITY

Diversity  contributes  to  business  success.  NRW 
strives 
that 
encourages  respect  and  fairness  for  all  participants, 
at all times, through its Diversity Policy. 

to  provide  a  working  environment 

NRW’s  objective  is  to  increase  participation  across 
a  range  of  demographics  to  ensure  the  Company 
recruits and retains a skilled workforce and endorse a 
safe and productive working environment. In addition 
to  supporting  greater  female  and  Aboriginal  and 
Torres  Strait  Islander  participation,  NRW  believes 
it  also  has  an  opportunity  to  further  support  people 
with  disabilities  to  enter  or  re-enter  the  workforce 
with  its  progress  in  autonomous/remote-controlled 
equipment  operation.  Work  in  furthering  support  of 
this demographic is continuing. 

Diversity  initiatives  progressed  within  the  Group 
during FY21 include:

• 

• 

Support of the Western Australian Jobs and Skills 
initiative  promoting  Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait 
Islander employment;

Engaging locally owned and operated Aboriginal 
and  Torres  Strait  Islander  businesses  to  supply 
goods or services to projects;

• 

• 

Adopting a Company Paid Parental Leave Policy 
for primary carers; and

Engaging  the  Paraplegic  Benefit  Fund Australia 
to raise safety awareness and learn more about 
their  programs  and  how  people  with  disabilities 
can be supported and engaged in the workforce.

Action Drill & Blast Engage with  
the Paraplegic Benefit Fund (PBF)

Action Drill & Blast have engaged the PBF to present 
to  site  and  leadership  teams  about  the  long  term 
physical  and  psychological  impacts  of  workplace 
injuries, and highlight the need to focus on workplace 
safety. These presentations form part of Action Drill & 
Blasts project leadership development program.

Revenue

In  addition  to  hearing  from  people  impacted  by 
workplace  injury,  Action  Drill  &  Blast  is  committed 
to  understanding  its  ability  to  engage  with  people 
with  disabilities  to  work  within  the  business.  By 
understanding  how  people  with  disabilities  can  be 
supported  and  engaged  in  the  workforce,  Action 
Drill  &  Blast  can  assess  its  ability  to  further  these  
initiatives internally.

NRW  continues  to  focus  on  progressing  its  diversity 
and  inclusion  agenda,  particularly  with  regard  to 
female  participation,  engagement  of  Aboriginal  and 
Torres  Strait  Islander  Peoples,  and  employment  for 
people  with  disabilities.    The  Company  will  continue 
to  invest  in  training  initiatives  to  promote  greater 
participation  from  these  segments  of  the  community 
and enable increased participation through upskilling 
including, for example, through targeted courses run 
within the NRW’s training facility.

NRW’s workforce diversity breakdown as at 30 June 
is as follows:

FY21

FY20

Average Total Direct Employees

4,299

3,596

Female Participation %

13.21%

10.56%

Aboriginal and Torres Strait  
Islander Participation %

2.79%

1.71%

36

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportSOCIAL CONTINUED

COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT

COMMUNITY SUPPORT

ABORIGINAL AND TORRES STRAIT 
ISLANDER PARTICIPATION

NRW  respects  the  importance  of  the  Aboriginal 
and  Torres  Strait  Islander  cultures  and  the  rights  of 
Aboriginal  and Torres  Strait  Islander  Peoples.  Since 
inception,  the  Company  has  successfully  employed 
and  supported Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait  Islander 
Peoples  within 
training 
its  operations 
programs, employment, subcontracting and partnering 
opportunities. NRW is focused on continuing to develop 
these  relationships  by  supporting  local  community 
initiatives  and  harnessing  community  expertise  
and leadership. 

through 

NRW Supports Jukawalyi  
Resources Pty Ltd

Jukawalyi Resources Pty Ltd is owned and operated 
by the Njamal traditional owner group who occupy the 
inland area of the Degrey River in the Pilbara Region of  
Western Australia.

NRW  has  partnered  with  Jukawalyi  Resources  Pty 
Ltd  for  their  logistical  expertise  in  ensuring  the  safe 
transport  of  freight  to  the  Mt  Webber,  and  other,  
NRW projects. 

In  addition  to  offering  a  professional  and  reliable 
transport service, Jukawalyi Resources Pty Ltd ensures 
that  opportunities  for  Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait 
Islander Peoples are maximised through employment 
and empowering successful business operations. 

NRW  has  a  proud  history  of  partnering  with 
Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait  Islander  businesses 
across  Australia.  Current  and  past  joint  venture 
partners  include  Ngarluma  and  Yindjibarndi  People 
(represented  through  the  Ngarluma  and Yindjibarndi 
Foundation  Limited),  Eastern  Guruma  People 
(represented  by  Eastern  Guruma  Pty  Ltd),  Njamal 
and  ICRG  Joint  Venture  and  Eastern  Guruma  and  
Wirlu-Murra Enterprises. 

As  NRW  continues  to  diversify  its  business  and 
increase its national footprint, the Company embraces 
the ongoing opportunities to learn from, and work with, 
Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait  Islander  communities. 
During  the  year,  the  Company  increased  its  cultural 
awareness  training  for  employees  to  maximise  our 
ability to achieve this. 

By  supporting  local  communities  NRW  ensures 
ongoing  community  trust  in  its  operations.  As  a 
business, NRW acts beyond minimum requirements to 
establish long-term relationships among stakeholders, 
including the local communities in which it operates. 
NRW contributes to the social and economic prosperity 
of these communities through employment, education, 
business  development  and  in-kind  donations  and 
community contributions. 

NRW often seeks to identify community sponsorship 
opportunities and partnerships that align the interests 
of  the  local  communities  with  NRW’s  values.  The 
types  of  support  provided  by  NRW  to  further  this  
objective includes:

•  Major  partnership  with  GIVIT,  a  not-for-profit 
organisation supporting community giving to local 
and regional communities Australia-wide.

•  Donations  to  major  charities  including  Ronald 
McDonald  House  Charities,  The  Smith  Family 
Charity and Foodbank Australia. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Sponsorship  of  community  and  local  sporting 
programs that aim to meet specific local community 
needs  including  the  Gunnedah  and  Districts 
Australian Rules Football Club, Boggabri & District 
Rugby  League  Football  Club  and  Baralaba  Golf 
Course Junior Open.

In-kind  and  financial  support  for  community 
organisations in locations where NRW operates, 
such as the donation of scrap metal and timber to 
local Men’s Shed organisations.

Support  for  employee  efforts  in  community 
fundraising  activities  including  the  Cancer  200 
and MSWA Ocean Ride, the Push-Up Challenge 
supporting  mental  health,  and  World’s  Greatest 
Shave initiatives. 

Engagement  with  local  schools  and  universities 
to  support  relevant  education  programs  such 
as  an  annual  donation  to  the  Greenbushes 
Primary  School  Digital  Technologies  Program, 
a  contribution  towards  playground  upgrades  at 
Pannawonica  Primary  School,  and  facilitation 
of mine site excursions for the GFG Foundation 
Student Program. 

Active  sourcing  of  goods  and  services  from 
local  communities  to  support  local  businesses  
and employment.

Participation in industry associations and events to 
promote the opportunities available in the mining 
industry and across the NRW Group.

37

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportSOCIAL CONTINUED

Golding Contractors Partners with GIVIT to 
Support Local and Regional Communities

Golding  Contractors  maintains  a  national 
partnership  with  GIVIT.  This  partnership 
enables GIVIT to continue supporting regional 
communities and charities Australia wide in a 
variety of ways.

GIVIT is a national not-for-profit organisation 
connecting generosity with people in genuine 
need,  in  a  private  and  safe  way.  GIVIT 
fulfils  an  unmet  need  within  the  Australian 
community by connecting an online network 
of givers. 

With  Golding’s  support,  GIVIT  is  able  to 
donate more than 10,000 items every week. 
GIVIT’s unique virtual warehouse eliminates 
the need for organisations to store, sort and 
dispose of unwanted items, saving valuable 
time, resources and significantly reducing the 
volume of materials that would otherwise go  
into landfill.

Additionally, the Golding partnership enabled 
GIVIT to launch its Disaster Recovery Service 
across  Australia,  supporting  Governments, 
recovery  agencies  and  local  charities  by 
managing  all  offers  of  goods  and  services 
during times of disaster and emergency. 

This free of charge service ensures that 100% 
of  donated  relief  funds  go  directly  to  local 
communities,  such  that  they  are  provided 
what they need, when they need it most.

NRW raffled a Harley Davidson, 
with all proceeds raised going to 
Ronald McDonald House Charities.

A
W
s
d
a
o
R

i

n
a
M

38

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
SOCIAL CONTINUED

NRW’s Commitment to Sustainability on the Bunbury Outer Ring Road Project

In October 2020 the South West Gateway Alliance, of which NRW is a 40% partner, was awarded 
the alliance contract for the Bunbury Outer Ring Road Project. The construction of the Bunbury 
Outer Ring Road delivers vital infrastructure to provide a safer and more efficient road system for 
the South-West of Western Australia.

Large infrastructure projects, such as the Bunbury Outer Ring Road, can significantly influence 
the economic, environmental and social outcomes for local communities. Integrated into the 
project design and construction were a number of sustainability commitments which the alliance 
partners are managing, including:

• 

• 

• 

Spending $300 million with local businesses in Western Australia’s South West region.

Spending $20 million with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander businesses.

Employing 60+ Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander full-time equivalent employees for the 
life of the project.

•  Minimising waste generation and maximising reuse and recycling by using products such as 
recycled concrete, crumbed rubber, and crushed glass to develop road surfacing, pavements 
and road fill. 

• 

Sourcing materials from local businesses to reduce transport distances and emissions.

•  Reducing  clearing  of  native  vegetation  and  fauna  habitat,  and  seeking  to  improve  

ecological outcomes.

• 

Salvaging valuable vegetation from areas to be cleared such as orchids, grass trees and 
zamia palms.

•  Constructing  fauna  underpasses  and  overpasses  in  line  with  environmental  regulators 
requirements that cannot be used by vehicles and offer shelter to possums from predators 
and allow for dense vegetation planting.

•  Working  closely  with Aboriginal  and  Torres  Strait  Islander  heritage  monitors  to  identify 

significant areas or items and promote heritage values. 

•  Maximising network efficiency for all road users and encouraging active transport.

• 

Incorporating  gateway  entrance  statements  to  promote  tourism  in  Bunbury,  and  other  
local areas.

•  Giving community members the opportunity to engage throughout the development of Urban 

Design and Landscaping choices on the project.

NRW’s Projects Undergoing Infrastructure Sustainability Rating of ESG Impacts

The  Infrastructure  Sustainability  (IS)  Rating  Scheme 
is Australia  and  New  Zealand’s  only  comprehensive 
rating  system  for  evaluating  economic,  social  and 
environmental  performance  of  infrastructure  projects 
the  planning,  design,  construction  and 
across 
operational  phase.  The  Infrastructure  Sustainability 
Council administers the IS Rating Scheme in an effort 
to  advance  infrastructure  sustainability  and  provide 

a  common  language  for  evaluating  sustainability 
on  projects.  NRW  currently  has 
three  projects  
under-going  an  IS  rating  with  its  Joint  Venture  and 
Alliance  partners,  through  Main  Roads  WA  projects 
Bunbury  Outer  Ring  Road  and  Hodges  Drive  to 
Hepburn  Avenue  and  the  Public  Transport  Authority 
project Forrestfield-Airport Link. 

39

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportA
W
s
d
a
o
R

i

n
a
M

Integrated into the BORR project 
design and construction were 
a number of sustainability 
commitments which are being 
managed by the alliance partners.

40

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report 
 
NRW believes that adopting and 
applying high standards of corporate 
governance enhances the Company’s 
sustainable long-term performance 
and creates long-term shareholder value.

GOVERNANCE

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportGOVERNANCE

Good corporate governance and risk management practices form the basis on which 
NRW delivers its corporate strategy and sustainability objective.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  Board  is  NRW’s  highest  governing  authority  and 
instils a culture of accountability, integrity, transparency, 
and  compliance.  A  Board  Charter  has  been  adopted 
which  details  the  functions  and  responsibilities  of  the 
Company’s  Board  and  management.  This  Charter 
is  regularly  reviewed  and  updated  to  reflect  changes 
and  developments  regarding  the  operation  of  the 
Board,  and  is  published  on  the  NRW  website  (www.
nrw.com.au/about-us/corporate-governance).  NRW’s 
Board  comprises  the  following  members.  The  Board 
members  credentials  are  published  each  year  in  the 
Annual Report.

These  frameworks  exist  through  a  suite  of  policies 
and  procedures,  developed  over  time  to  ensure 
compliance with the various legislative and regulatory 
requirements applicable to the NRW business. These 
policies include, amongst others:

•  Code of Conduct for Directors and Key Officers

•  Code of Conduct – Obligations to Stakeholders 

• 

Shareholder Communication Policy.

Corporate  Governance  policies  are  published  on  the 
NRW  website  (www.nrw.com.au/about-us/corporate-
governance). 

Michael Arnett

Chairman & Independent  
Non-Executive Director

BOARD COMPOSITION

Jules Pemberton

Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

Jeff Dowling

Independent Non-Executive Director

Peter Johnston

Independent Non-Executive Director

Fiona Murdoch

Independent Non-Executive Director

The Board is ultimately responsible for the governance, 
risk  and  compliance  frameworks  of  the  Company. 

The Board comprises five directors with diverse skills, 
experience,  and  backgrounds  to  support  NRW  in 
effective  and  robust  corporate  governance  practices. 
The  majority  of  directors  are 
independent  and  
non-executive, including the Chair. The Director’s skills, 
experience and diversity, and Board size, are reviewed 
the  Nomination  and  Remuneration 
regularly  by 
Committee  to  ensure  it  remains  fit  for  the  Group’s 
needs and in line with best practice requirements. The 
Board makeup according to gender, independence and 
tenure is depicted below. 

20%

20%

40%

20%

Gender

Independence

Tenure

80%

80%

40%

Male

Female

Independent

Non-Independent

0-4 years

5-8 years

10+ years

(1)   NRW has one member of the Board who is not independent, being the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer Jules Pemberton.

The  Board  has  set  a  board  gender  diversity  target  of  33.33%  female  representation,  to  be  achieved  by  
31 December 2023. 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

The Board has the following sub-committees established to assist it in carrying out its primary role of guiding NRW’s 
strategic direction: 

Board/Committee Member

Jules Pemberton

Michael Arnett

Jeff Dowling

Peter Johnston

Fiona Murdoch

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

Sustainability Committee

Chair

Chair

Chair

Chair

The  Board  Committees’  Charters  are  available  on  the  NRW  website  (www.nrw.com.au/about-us/corporate-
governance). 

42

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability ReportGOVERNANCE CONTINUED

ASX CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COUNCILS 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRINCIPLES  
AND RECOMMENDATIONS

NRW’s  commitment  to  good  corporate  governance  is 
evidenced  through  its  adoption  of  the  ASX  Corporate 
Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles 
and  Recommendations  4th  Edition.  Adoption  of  these 
principles and recommendations, and other information 
with  regards  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance 
Practices,  are  published  in  a  Corporate  Governance 
Statement. This Statement, along with the Appendix 4G, 
is released to the market annually and available on the 
ASX website (www.asx.com.au, ASX Code: NWH). 

BUSINESS ETHICS AND TRANSPARENCY

NRW  expects  all  directors,  officers  and  employees 
act  lawfully,  ethically  and  responsibly.  The  Company’s 
expectations  with  regards  to  employee  conduct  are 
contained  within  Company  policies  and  behavioural 
standards  documents.  These  policies  and  documents 
include, amongst others:

•  Continuous Disclosure Policy

• 

Securities Trading Policy 

•  Whistleblowing Policy 

•  Modern Slavery Statement 

•  Code of Conduct documents.

• 

NRW’s Progress on Modern 
Slavery Reporting

As  a  leading  provider  of  contract  services  within  the 
Australian  resources  and  construction  industries,  NRW 
acknowledges its inherent responsibility to act ethically 
and  do  its  part  to  respond  to  social  and  human  rights 
issues,  including  modern  slavery.  The  NRW  Group 
seeks to integrate respect for human rights into the way 
it operates to continuously improve the business and the 
way it delivers work.

NRW  is  committed  to  improving  its  understanding  of 
modern  slavery  risks  in  operations  and  supply  chains. 
The Company is also committed to raising awareness of 
the issue throughout operations and supply chains and 
thereby support efforts to combat it by tracing, monitoring 
and  addressing  the  risk  of  modern  slavery  practices. 
NRW  has  a  dedicated  Modern  Slavery  Working  Group 
to  assist  the  Company  in  meeting  it’s  modern  slavery 
reporting obligations. 

NRW submitted its first joint Modern Slavery Statement 
(Statement)  to  the  Australian  Border  Force  (ABF)  in 
March 2020. NRW’s Statement, approved by the Board, 
is  available  on  the  NRW  website  (www.nrw.com.au/
about-us/corporate-governance)  and  on 
the  ABF’s 
Modern Slavery Register (https://modernslaveryregister.
gov.au/).

As at the date of this Report, for FY21, NRW confirms 
the following:

•  No reported incidents of bribery or corruption.

•  No reported breaches to the Company’s Securities 

Trading Policy.

•  NRW  made  37  price-sensitive  disclosures  to  the 
market during FY21, and had no reported breaches 
to its Continuous Disclosure Policy and no queries 
raised  from  the  ASX  with  regards  to  meeting  its 
continuous disclosure obligations.

RISK MANAGEMENT

In  conducting  its  business,  NRW  takes  informed  and 
appropriate  commercial  and  business  risks  (including 
non-financial  risks)  to  achieve  its  objectives  and 
deliver shareholder value. Through an enterprise-wide 
approach to risk management, NRW seeks to achieve:

•  Compliance with laws and regulations;

• 

Assurance 
significant risks;

regarding 

the  management  of 

•  Decisions that pay full regard to risk considerations; 

and

• 

Efficiency and effectiveness in operations, projects 
and strategy.

Risk  management  is  overseen  by  the  Board’s  Audit 
and  Risk  Committee.  Consistent  with  its  Charter,  the 
Audit  and  Risk  Committee  is  responsible  for  assisting 
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to the 
Company’s risk management and compliance practices. 
The  Charter  for  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committees  is 
available  on  the  NRW  website  (www.nrw.com.au/
about-us/corporate-governance).

NRW’s  Risk  Management  strategy  is  set  out  in 
the  Risk  Management  Corporate  Policy.  The  Risk 
Management  Corporate  Policy  is  reviewed  annually 
and outlines the Board’s mandate and commitment to 
enterprise-wide risk management. Supporting the Risk 
Management  Corporate  Policy  is  a  documented  Risk 
Management  Procedure,  which  has  been  developed 
in  line  with  the  requirements  of  the  International 
Standard  for  Risk  Management  ISO  31000:2009,  and 
the  Risk  Management  Manual.  This  policy,  procedure 
and  manual,  combined,  assists  the  NRW  Group  with 
the 
identification,  understanding,  monitoring  and 
management of risks and opportunities which can arise 
from  operations,  projects  and  strategies  adopted  by 
the  Company.  Supporting  this  is  a  dedicated  risk  and 
commercial  function  that  embeds  these  frameworks 
within the business.

Material  risks  that  could  adversely  affect  NRW  are 
set  out  in  the  FY21  Annual  Financial  Statements. 
Consideration  of  all  business 
including 
environmental,  social  and  governance  risks,  were 
included in this assessment of the most significant risks 
to the NRW Group.

risks, 

43

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Sustainability Report

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   CFO Performance at a GlanceFINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2020   |   CFO Financial Report

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTENTS PAGE

04

35

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

91

92

97

98

Directors’ Report 

Corporate Governance & Risk Management 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Directors’ Declaration 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

44

46

52

63

71

75

79

General Notes 

Business Performance 

Balance Sheet 

Capital Structure   

Financing 

Taxation  

Other Notes 

Shareholder Information   

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Appendix 4E

Appendix A 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT
REPORT  

Directors’ Report 

The  Directors  present  their  report  together  with  the  financial  statements  of  NRW  Holdings  Limited  (the 
Company) and of the consolidated group (also referred to as ‘the Group’), comprising the Company and its 
subsidiaries, for the financial year ended 30 June 2021. 

DIRECTORS  

The following persons held office as Directors of NRW Holdings Limited during the financial year and up to the 
date of this report: 

Michael Arnett  

Chairman and Non-Executive Director 

Mr  Arnett  was  appointed  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  on  27  July  2007  and  appointed  Chairman  on  
9 March 2016. 

Mr Arnett is a former consultant to, partner of and member of the Board of Directors and national head of the 
Natural  Resources  Business  Unit  of  the  law  firm  Norton  Rose  Fulbright  (formally  Deacons).  He  has  been 
involved in significant corporate and commercial legal work for the resource industry for over 20 years.  

Mr Arnett has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year: 

•  Non-Executive Chairman, Genmin Limited (Appointed 10 March 2021) 

Julian Pemberton 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

Mr  Pemberton  was  appointed  as  a  Director  on  1  July  2006  and  appointed  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Managing Director on 7 July 2010. 

Mr Pemberton has more than 25 years’ experience in both the resources and infrastructure sectors. He joined 
NRW in 1996, and prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director he held a number 
of senior management and executive positions at NRW including Chief Operating Officer. 

Jeff Dowling 

Non-Executive Director 

Mr Dowling was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 21 August 2013. 

Mr  Dowling  has  36  years’  experience  in  professional  services  with  Ernst  &  Young.  He  has  held  numerous 
leadership roles within Ernst & Young which focused on the mining, oil and gas and other industries. 

Mr Dowling has a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Western Australia and is a fellow of the Institute 
of  Chartered  Accountants,  the  Australian  Institute  of  Company  Directors  (AICD)  and  the  Financial  Services 
Institute of Australasia. 

Mr Dowling has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the 
end of the financial year: 

•  Non-Executive Director, S2 Resources Limited (Appointed 29 May 2015) 
•  Non-Executive Director, Fleetwood Corporation Limited (Appointed 1 July 2017) 
•  Non-Executive Director, Battery Minerals Limited (Appointed 25 January 2018) 

Peter Johnston 

Non-Executive Director 

Mr Johnston was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 July 2016. 

Mr Johnston has served with a number of national and international companies.   

Mr Johnston graduated from the University of Western Australia with a Bachelor of Arts majoring in psychology 
and industrial relations. He is also a Fellow of the AICD and AusIMM. 

4

4 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

Mr Johnston has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the 
end of the financial year:  

•  Non-Executive Director, Tronox Ltd (NYSE) (Appointed 1 August 2012)  
•  Chairman, Jervois Mining Ltd (Appointed 19 June 2018) 

Fiona Murdoch 

Non-Executive Director 

Ms Murdoch was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 24 February 2020.  

Ms Murdoch has over 30 years resource and infrastructure experience in Australia and overseas, holding senior 
operational roles with AMCI Investments, MIM Holdings and Xstrata Queensland. 

She has extensive domestic and international experience with major projects in Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland, and in South America, Dominican Republic, Papua New Guinea and the Philippines. 

Fiona is a Graduate of the AICD Company Director program and holds an MBA as well as an Honours degree 
in Law. 

Ms Murdoch has held the following directorships of listed companies in the three years immediately before the 
end of the financial year:  

•  Non-Executive Director, Metro Mining Limited (Appointed 11 May 2019)  
•  Non-Executive Director, KGL Resources Limited (Appointed 12 June 2018) 

In addition, Fiona serves on the Joint Venture Committee for the West Pilbara Iron Ore Project and is also Chair 
of The Pyjama Foundation, a not-for-profit organisation providing learning-based activities for children in foster 
care. 

Kim Hyman 

Company Secretary 

Mr Hyman was appointed to the position of Company Secretary on 10 July 2007. Mr Hyman has responsibility 
for company secretarial services and co-ordination of general legal services, as well as the insurance portfolio.  

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS 

The number of Directors’ meetings and number of meetings attended by each of the Directors of the Company 
during the financial year were: 

Director 

Michael Arnett 

Jeff Dowling 

Peter Johnston 

Fiona Murdoch 

Julian Pemberton 

Directors’ 
Meetings Held 

Directors’ 
Meetings Attended 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

15 

NOMINATION & REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

The members of the Nomination & Remuneration Committee (N&RC) are Peter Johnston (Chairman), Michael 
Arnett, Jeff Dowling and Fiona Murdoch. During the 2021 financial year, one meeting of the Committee was 
held with all members in attendance. Certain responsibilities of the Committee were also considered at board 
meetings as required. 

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE 

The members of the Audit & Risk Committee are Jeff Dowling (Chairman), Michael Arnett and Fiona Murdoch. 
During  the  2021  financial  year, two meetings of the  Audit  &  Risk  Committee  were  held  with  all  members  in 
attendance. In addition, some audit and risk matters were considered in the course of regular board meetings. 

5

5 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

SUSTAINABLITY COMMITTEE 

The members of the sustainability committee are Fiona Murdoch (Chair), Michael Arnett and Peter Johnston. 
During the 2021 financial year, two meetings of the Sustainability Committee were held with all members in 
attendance. The Committee provides advice, recommendations and assistance to the Board of Directors of the 
Company with respect to sustainability, primarily relating to environmental, social and corporate governance 
matters. 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

NRW is a leading provider of diversified contract services to the resources and infrastructure sectors. 

With  extensive  operations  in  all  Australian  States,  except  Tasmania,  and  an  office  in  Canada,  NRW’s 
geographical diversification is complemented by its ability to deliver a wide range of services.   

NRW’s  Civil  and  Mining  businesses  provide  civil  construction,  including  bulk  earthworks,  road  and  rail 
construction and concrete installation, together with contract mining and drill and blast services.  

The Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) operating unit offers tailored mine to market solutions, specialist 
maintenance  (shutdown  services  and  onsite  maintenance),  non-process  infrastructure,  innovative  materials 
handling solutions, and complete turnkey design, construction and operation of minerals processing and energy 
projects.  

NRW also offers a comprehensive original equipment manufacturer (OEM) capability, providing refurbishment 
and rebuild services for earthmoving equipment and machinery. 

NRW has a workforce of around 7,000 people supporting more than one hundred projects around Australia for 
clients across the resources, infrastructure, industrial engineering, maintenance and urban subdivision sectors.   

Further detail on the operations of each business division and the Group is provided below. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN BUSINESS ACTIVITIES 

The Company acquired Primero Group Limited (Primero) on 17 February 2021, the results of which have been 
incorporated into this report from that date.  

GROUP RESULTS  

OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

The financial year ended 30 June 2021 provided a number of challenges and opportunities.  

The COVID-19 pandemic had impacts across operations, particularly on West Australian Pilbara based projects.  
Measures taken as a result of the pandemic, including border closures imposed at a State and Federal level, 
effectively  limited  the  available  labour  pool.  Our  challenge  was  to  deliver  projects  in  an  environment  where 
competition for people increased significantly, driven by both high construction activity and strong commodity 
demand. This led to higher staff turnover (at a level never previously experienced), increased labour costs and 
lower productivity as a consequence of specific labour skills shortages, resulting in extended project durations.   

Despite  these  challenges,  a  number  of  businesses,  particularly  Golding  Mining  and  the  RCR  Mining 
Technologies (RCRMT) and DIAB Engineering businesses, continued to deliver strong performances. This was 
partly  attributable  to  having  a  more  stable  workforce  through  either  long-term  contracts  or  because  their 
activities were predominantly based at workshops with a mostly long-term and stable workforce.   

The  Primero  acquisition,  successfully  completed  in  the  year,  has  strengthened  the  Minerals,  Energy  & 
Technologies operating unit. The addition of Primero significantly enhances NRW’s capability to pursue new 
business initiatives across a large pipeline of opportunities and leverage the combined expertise of RCRMT and 
DIAB Engineering. The enlarged MET business enhances diversification of NRW’s strategic platform to offer 
customers continuity of services across the whole lifecycle of resource projects from early planning, design, 
development and construction to operations and maintenance. 

6

6 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

The major challenge throughout the last financial year and the main challenge facing the business remains the 
ongoing management of our people to ensure their day-to-day safety. COVID-19 safe measures have added to 
the complexity of delivering projects across almost all of our activities.  

NRW has not accessed any COVID-19 related State or Federal support packages for any part of its operations.   

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE  

A summary of the key financial performance metrics for the current financial year (FY21) is provided below with 
comments on significant movements compared to the financial year ended 30 June 2020 (FY20). 

Revenue including associates at $2,301 million increased by 11.5% compared to $2,062 million in FY20. The 
increase  in  revenue  was  a  result  of  continued  growth  following  the  FY20  acquisition  of  BGC  Contracting 
(subsequently renamed to NRW Contracting ‘NRWC’) and five months contribution from the newly acquired 
Primero Group (refer note 7.5 of the financial statements). 

FY21 

FY20 

Revenue 

Earnings 

Revenue 

Earnings 

$M 

2,300.6 

(79.1) 

Total Revenue(1) / EBITDA(2) 

Revenue from Associates 

Depreciation 

Operating EBIT(3) 

Amortisation of Acquisition Intangibles 

Non-recurring transactions(4) 

EBIT 

Net interest 

Profit before income tax 

Tax 

Statutory Revenue / Net earnings 

2,221.5 

NPATN(5) 

$M 

266.7 

(146.1) 

120.6 

(20.2) 

(11.2) 

89.2 

(13.3) 

75.9 

(21.6) 

54.3 

75.1 

$M 

2,062.4 

(58.1) 

2,004.3 

$M 

250.0 

(109.1) 

140.9 

(13.0) 

(14.9) 

113.0 

(12.8) 

100.2 

(26.5) 

73.7 

89.7 

(1)  Revenue including our share of revenue earned by our associates and joint ventures.  
(2)  EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(3)  Operating EBIT / EBITA, is earnings before interest, tax, and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(4)  Non-recurring transactions include Altura impairment, Gascoyne writeback and Primero transaction costs (FY21) and costs associated 

with the acquisition of BGC Contracting (FY20). 

(5)  NPATN – earnings before amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions at 30% tax rate. 

Earnings  including  earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation,  and  amortisation  of  acquisition  intangibles 
(EBITDA) increased to $266.7 million compared to $250.0 million in FY20. The increase of 6.7% was mostly 
due to the recognition of Mining activities acquired from BGC Contracting in FY20 where only seven months of 
revenue was included in the results.  

Earnings (Operating EBIT) of $120.6 million were lower than last year due to resource challenges particularly 
on Pilbara based projects which experienced high staff turnover, labour rate increases and skill shortages. 

transactions  include  recoveries 

their  successful 
Non-recurring 
recapitalisation, costs associated with Altura’s administration and costs related to the acquisition of Primero 
(see non-recurring transactions section for details).  

from  Gascoyne  Resources 

following 

Net Earnings excluding non-cash amortisation costs for acquisition intangibles at standard tax rates decreased 
to $75.1 million compared to $89.7 million in FY20 due to lower operating earnings as commented above. 

Net Assets increased in the year by $72.7 million to $545.1 million reflecting earnings in the year net of dividend 
payments and equity related to the acquisition of Primero ($50.5 million). The acquisition of Primero was funded 
through new equity and a $50.0 million debt facility (refer to note 7.5 of the financial statements for details).  

7

7 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

OPERATING SEGMENTS 

NRW  has  structured  its  business  reporting  into  three  segments,  Civil,  Mining,  and  Minerals,  Energy  & 
Technologies.  In  previous  reports,  the  results  of  Drill  and  Blast  (Action  Drill  &  Blast)  have  been  separately 
reported. The relative size of the Action Drill & Blast business in comparison to the other three segments and 
the  increased  dependency  on  work  from  the  Civil  and  Mining  segments  were  the  main  factors  which  were 
considered in making this change. Comparative segment information for the prior periods has been provided 
within Appendix A of the financial statements. 

Commentary on the performance of each segment is provided below: 

Civil 

The  Civil  business  specialises  in  the  delivery  of  private  and  public  civil  infrastructure  projects,  mine 
development, bulk earthworks and commercial and residential subdivisions. Civil construction projects include 
roads, bridges, tailings storage facilities, rail formation, ports, renewable energy projects, water infrastructure 
and concrete installations.  

Results summary ($M) 

Revenue 

EBITDA 

Depreciation 

EBIT 

FY21 

FY20 

726.5 

28.6 

(5.7) 

22.9 

3.9% 

3.1% 

820.1 

34.4 

(7.9) 

26.5 

4.2% 

3.2% 

Revenue in the Civil business peaked in calendar year 2020 due to contracts secured for sustaining iron ore 
projects  including  work  won  by  BGC  Contracting  (acquired  in  December  2019).  Most  of  the  major  projects 
completed early in the second half of FY21 resulting in both lower full year and lower second half revenues 
compared to last year. The status of the major projects is provided below. 

Resources 

•  Eliwana stage 1 rail – complete 
•  Eliwana stage 2 rail – complete  
•  Koodaideri Plant site – complete 
•  Koodaideri Rail South – ongoing – scheduled for completion Q1 FY22 
• 
Iron Bridge – ongoing 
•  West Angeles – complete 
•  Olympic Dam Airport – complete 
•  Blackwater Ramp 47 – complete 
•  Rio Solar farm – ongoing - new contract awarded in FY21 

Infrastructure 

Forrestfield-Airport Link – ongoing – scheduled for completion Q3 FY22 

• 
•  Bunbury Outer Ring Road – ongoing – new contract awarded in FY21 
•  Hodges drive to Hepburn avenue southbound upgrade – ongoing – new contract awarded in FY21 
•  Woolgoolga to Ballina – complete 
• 

23 Urban development projects at various stages of completion 

Earnings were lower than last year and lower than expectations due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Most of the 
business’s revenue was generated on West Australian Pilbara based projects. Measures taken as a result of 
the  pandemic  including  border  closures  imposed  at  State  and  Federal  level  effectively  limited  the  available 
labour pool. Our challenge was to deliver projects in an environment where competition for people increased 
significantly, driven by both high construction activity and strong commodity demand. This led to higher staff 
turnover  (at  a  level  never  previously  experienced),  increased  labour  costs  and  lower  productivity  as  a 
consequence of specific labour skills shortages, which in turn led to extended project durations.  

8

8 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
  
  
  
  
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

OPERATING SEGMENTS CONTINUED 

Project  cost  increases  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  other  changes  requested  by  clients,  and  events 
leading to a right to recover costs are the subject of claims and variations. Some of these claims and variations 
have  been  agreed  in  the  year,  whilst  others  are  currently  under  negotiation.  The  total  value  of  claims  and 
variations agreed in FY21 is $75 million. Note 2.2 discloses the overall value of claims relied upon although the 
value of claims currently submitted is clearly much higher than the $68 million disclosed in these accounts. The 
total value of claims and variations is clearly commercially sensitive given ongoing negotiations. 

Second half earnings were impacted by lower project margins carried forward from the first half (as above), 
unseasonal weather events and lower revenues. Business overheads were at similar levels in the second half 
(compared to the first half) to support the current high bidding activity.  

Mining 

The Mining business specialises in mine management, contract mining, load and haul, dragline operations, drill 
and blast, coal handling prep plants, maintenance services and the fabrication of water and service vehicles.  

Results summary ($M) 

Revenue 

EBITDA 

Depreciation 

EBIT 

FY21 

FY20 

1,177.2 

212.8 

(128.9) 

83.9 

18.1% 

7.1% 

1,059.7 

201.8 

(91.5) 

110.3 

19.0% 

10.4% 

The Mining business reported further growth in revenue mostly due to the addition of BGC Contracting’s mining 
activities  which  contributed  for  a  full  12  months  compared  to  seven  months  in  FY20.  Major  project  activity 
included:  

Isaac Plains – coal – ongoing 

•  Curragh mine – coal – ongoing – client added additional scope in FY21 
• 
•  Baralaba – coal – ongoing – contract extended in FY21 
•  Boggabri – coal – ongoing 
•  Kogan Creek – coal – ongoing  
•  Phosphate Hill – fertilisers - ongoing 
•  Simec – iron ore – ongoing 
•  Mount Webber – iron ore – ongoing 
•  Koodaideri Pre strip – iron ore – scheduled for completion Q1 FY22 
•  Roper Bar – iron ore – ongoing – new contract awarded in FY21 
•  Dalgaranga – gold – ongoing 
•  Karara Mining – iron ore – new award in FY21 scheduled to commence March 22 

Earnings were impacted by both COVID-19 measures (as noted above for the Civil business) and unseasonal 
weather events (Western Australia and Queensland) which affected second half revenue and earnings more 
than we have experienced in previous years. Despite the weather impacts, margins improved in the second half 
as  measures  to  mitigate  resource  availability  in  the  Pilbara  improved  productivity  but  staffing  remains  a 
challenge. 

9

9 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

OPERATING SEGMENTS CONTINUED 

Minerals, Energy & Technologies 

The Minerals, Energy & Technologies business includes RCR Mining Technologies (RCRMT) which is a leading 
original  equipment  manufacturer  (OEM)  that  offers  innovative  materials  handling  design  capability,  DIAB 
Engineering  which  has  proven  capabilities  in  the  metals  and  mining  industry  and  provides  specialist 
maintenance (shutdown services and onsite maintenance), industrial engineering and fabrication services and 
Primero acquired in February 2021. Primero provides a full engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) 
and  operational  (O&M)  capability  in  the  mineral  processing,  energy  and  non-process  infrastructure  market 
segments. 

Results summary ($M) 

Revenue 

EBITDA 

Depreciation 

EBIT 

FY21 

FY20 

426.9 

42.1 

(8.5) 

33.6 

9.9% 

7.9% 

187.2 

22.4 

(6.5) 

15.9 

12.0% 

8.5% 

Revenue increased due to the addition of Primero activities from February 2021 and growth in both RCRMT 
and DIAB Engineering. The businesses were generally less impacted by COVID-19 measures as most of the 
workforce is located in company facilities in Bunbury, Geraldton, and Perth. The fixed nature of these facilities 
has been a contributor to a relatively stable workforce and consequently these businesses experienced lower 
staff  turnover  than  the  projects  based  businesses.  Nonetheless,  both  Primero  and  DIAB  Engineering  were 
impacted in a similar manner to the Civil business on their site based activities. DIAB Engineering provides 
shutdown  services  and  given  the  relatively  short-term  nature  of  the  work,  resourcing  these  projects  proved 
challenging. Primero delivers EPC projects which competed for resources within the same constraints as the 
Civil business. 

Major project activity included: 

•  Cloudbreak Hopper 9 – completed 
•  Queens Primary crusher – ongoing – awarded in FY21 
•  Queens Overland Conveyor – ongoing – awarded in FY21 
•  Cloudbreek Hopper 10 Primary Crushing – ongoing – awarded in FY21  
•  Koodaideri mine NPI facilities – ongoing 
•  Eliwana NPI facilities – ongoing 
•  Coburn Mineral sands EPC – ongoing – awarded in FY21 
•  Koolan Island Upgrade to crushing circuit and two year crushing contract – awarded in FY21 

Earnings improved in line with higher revenues. Whilst margin in real terms increased, margins as a percentage 
of  revenue reduced  as  expected  due  to  the  combination  of  the  Primero  business  into  segment  results  from 
February 2021. 

NON-RECURRING TRANSACTIONS 

Gascoyne recapitalisation 

Altura Mining 

Costs related to business 
combinations 

Total 

FY21 

$M 

12.4 

(19.1) 

(4.5) 

(11.2) 

FY20 

$M 

- 

- 

(14.9) 

(14.9) 

10

10 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

NON-RECURRING TRANSACTIONS CONTINUED 

Gascoyne Recapitalisation 

The financial results include the operating activities for Gascoyne Resources’ (ASX: GCY) Dalgaranga project 
in the mining segment result on page nine. The recapitalisation of GCY was finalised in October 2020. As part 
of the recapitalisation structure, NRW negotiated recovery of pre-administration amounts owed in the form of a 
$7 million cash payment, $12 million in GCY shares (at the relisting price) and a structure to recover the balance 
of  amounts  owed  through  successful  gold  production.  The  first  two  stages  of  that  agreement  have  been 
recognised  in  these  accounts  (net  of  costs).  In  addition,  shares  held  prior  to  administration  and  previously 
expensed in FY19 have been recognised at the prevailing share price at the reporting date (refer to note 3.4 of 
the financial statements for further details).  

Altura Mining 

NRW was awarded the mining contract for Altura Mining (Altura) in early 2017. Altura note holders appointed 
receivers in October 2020. Given the nature and structure of the deed of company arrangement, NRW is unlikely 
to recover any amounts owed ($19.1 million) which  includes outstanding debts at the time of the receivership, 
work completed but not billed and demobilisation of equipment and staff from the Altura site.  

Costs Related to Business Acquisitions  

Costs associated with the acquisition of Primero are included in FY21. Costs incurred on the acquisition of BGC 
Contracting are shown in the prior comparative period. 

BALANCE SHEET, OPERATING CASH FLOW AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 

A summary of the balance sheet as at the end of the current financial year and the previous financial year is 
provided below.  

The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (BCO), part of the 
Idemitsu Group, agreed to acquire the majority of the major mining equipment of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of NRW) that is engaged under the Maintenance Services and Hire Agreement at 
the Boggabri Coal Mine (Boggabri transaction). A pro forma balance sheet is provided to show the effect of the 
Boggabri transaction (refer to note 7.7 of financial statements for details). 

Pro forma(1) 
30 Jun 21 

Actual 
30 Jun 21 

Actual 
30 Jun 20 

Cash  

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Net Debt  

Property, plant and equipment  

Non-current assets held for sale 

Lease assets (right of use) 

Working capital  

Investments in associates and listed equities 

Tax Liabilities  

Net Tangible Assets  

Intangibles and Goodwill  

Net Assets  

Gearing  

Gearing Excl. AASB 16 

$M 

163.9 

(196.7) 

(55.9) 

(88.7) 

321.4 

- 

48.2 

56.6 

15.8 

(15.3) 

338.0 

207.1 

545.1 

16.3% 

6.0% 

$M 

146.5 

(261.9) 

(55.9) 

(171.3) 

321.4 

82.6 

48.2 

56.6 

15.8 

(15.3) 

338.0 

207.1 

545.1 

31.4% 

21.2% 

$M 

170.2 

(244.8) 

(65.1) 

(139.7) 

451.8 

- 

58.3 

(18.7) 

2.6 

(0.9) 

353.4 

119.0 

472.4 

29.6% 

15.8% 

(1)  Pro  forma  balance  sheet  includes  the  impact  of  the  sale  of  the  Boggabri  mobile  equipment.  For  more  information  refer  note  7.7  of  

financial statements. 

11

11 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
  
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

BALANCE SHEET, OPERATING CASH FLOW AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURE 
CONTINUED 

Cash balances ended the year at $146.5 million. Net debt increased to $171.3 million which included $50.0 
million  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  Primero.  The  Boggabri  transaction  comprised  the  sale  of  $82.6  million  of 
equipment (shown as held for sale in the year end balance sheet) which reduced pro forma debt by $65.2 million 
and increased cash by $17.4 million. Debt repayments in the year included asset financing debt payments of 
$60.7  million  in  line  with  agreements  and  $21.4  million  of  corporate  debt  which  mostly  relates  to  business 
acquisition finance. New asset financing in the year totalled $33.2 million with a further $50.0 million debt draw 
down to fund the Primero acquisition. Post the Boggabri transaction, gearing reduced to 16.3% representing a 
significant reduction compared to last year (29.6%). 

Capital expenditure totalled $77.9 million compared to $82.6 million in the previous financial year. Expenditure 
was  mostly  focused  on  maintenance  and  sustaining  capex  which  totalled  circa  $70.0  million.  Capex  also 
included  the  first  PGX1000  crushing  plant  designed  by  Primero  and  jointly  constructed  by  RCR  Mining 
Technologies  and  Primero  and  now  deployed  at  Mount  Gibson’s  Shine  project.  This  is  the  first  Build  Own 
Operate  project  entered  into  by  NRW  with  more  opportunities  identified  including  the  recently  announced 
Miralga crushing contract for Atlas Iron Pty Ltd.  

Intangibles and goodwill increased due to the Primero acquisition partly offset by amortisation charges incurred 
in the year. 

The  income  tax  expense  recognised  in  net  earnings  has  reduced  the  deferred  tax  asset  carrying  value  as 
expected. Tax balances are now carried as a net tax liability but include within that balance further tax losses. 
No income tax was paid in the year and is unlikely to be paid at the current earnings run rate until calendar  
year 2022.  

Returns to shareholders included both a final dividend for FY20 of 4 cents paid in October 2020 and an interim 
dividend for the current financial year of 4 cents paid in April 2021. Overall dividend payments in the year totalled 
$35.0 million. 

NRW  continued  to  maintain  strong  relationships  with  its  banking  partners  Bankwest  and  Bank  of  China. 
Developments  in  the  year  included  agreement  of  a  new  $50.0  million  facility  with  Bankwest  to  support  the 
acquisition  of  Primero  Group.  All  banking  covenants  were  in  compliance  at  all  times  during  the  year  and  at  
30 June 2021. 

PEOPLE AND SAFETY / OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 

The emergence of COVID-19 has raised significant challenges across the business. Our actions continue to be 
guided  by  health  advice  driven  by  Federal  and  State  governments  in  our  operating  regions.  These  actions 
include social distancing, working from home, changes to how we manage the logistics for getting our workforce 
to sites and the implementation of new operating procedures. We are incredibly proud of the way over 7,000 
members of our workforce over six states and territories have responded to this unprecedented challenge. 

NRW  is  committed  to  achieving  the  highest  possible  performance  in  occupational  health,  safety  and 
environmental management. Our vision is for every member of our workforce to arrive home safely after each 
shift  or  swing.  We  focus  on  continuous  improvement  and  completing  our  daily  tasks  in  a  safe  and  efficient 
manner, looking out for our workmates and ultimately delivering projects to our clients. 

Our Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems are accredited to AS4801:2001/ISO18001:2007, 
the  applicable  Australian  and  International  Standards  and  are  subject  to  continuous  auditing  by  external  
third parties. 

NRW’s  Total  Recordable  Injury  Frequency  Rate  (TRIFR)  at  June  2021  was  6.25  compared  to  5.61  at  
June 2020.  

NRW has been able to successfully deliver all projects with no lost time due to industrial disputes, or any form 
of work ban or limitation and recognise that our success is the result of our dedicated workforce. We employ a 
high performing, skilled, experienced and appropriately qualified team of people across all our companies, who 
provide a wealth of knowledge at all levels across our business.  

12

12 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

PEOPLE AND SAFETY / OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTINUED 

The development of our workforce has continued despite the challenges posed by the pandemic. A snapshot 
of some of those development opportunities include: 

•  Employment of 89 apprentices 
•  Development and training of 65 graduates and undergraduates 
• 
• 
•  Over 10,000 training events undertaken via eLearning solutions. 

112 members of staff working through formal training programmes 
Leadership and development courses completed by 173 members of staff 

We ensure that we provide competitive remuneration and benefits to the people who choose to work with us 
and we are particularly pleased that we have a workforce that consistently returns to NRW as more projects are 
secured and positions become available. We consider previous NRW employees as first preference wherever 
possible, and transfer people from completed projects to new projects to ensure we retain our skilled workforce 
and have the most knowledgeable people on the job. 

NRW’s  workforce  levels  increased  through  the  year  to  a  peak  of  7,800  (pre  Primero)  reducing  to  6,376  at  
June 21. 

NRW continues to embrace diversity and inclusiveness across all of its activities. NRW relies on and encourages 
its  employees  to  act  in  accordance  with  the  Company  values  and  contribute  a  diverse  range  of  skills  and 
experience. Our objective is to increase participation across a range of demographics, to ensure we recruit and 
retain a skilled workforce and endorse a safe and productive working environment which encourages equality, 
diversity and inclusion. Some of the initiatives progressed in the year include: 

•  Support of the Western Australian Jobs and Skills initiative promoting Indigenous employment; 
•  A number of site based initiatives to address mental health awareness through the Blue Tree Project; 
•  Engagement of Jukawayli Resources owned and operated by local Indigenous people in the Pilbara 

region to handle the safe transport of freight;  

•  Accelerated development programmes to support high potential female employees; and 
•  Adoption of a Primary carers leave scheme. 

SUSTAINABILITY 

The Group has determined that it will adopt the reporting framework under the Taskforce for Climate-Related 
Financial  Disclosure  (TCFD)  which  established  recommendations  for  voluntary  and  effective  climate  related 
disclosures. A phased implementation plan to align NRW’s reporting of climate change risks and climate-related 
financial disclosures with the TCFD framework is currently being developed. 

In addition, NRW is preparing its first Sustainability Report that will be published as part of the 2021 Annual 
Report.  This  report  will  highlight  the  alignment  of  NRW’s  corporate  values  and  operations  with  the  United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and be guided by relevant Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 
standards to report on the Group’s sustainability performance. 

NRW  has  also  focused  on  a  number  of  initiatives  which  will  make  or  are  making  a  positive  impact  on  our 
environmental management and carbon footprint. These initiatives include: 

•  Development  of  and  installation  of  in  pit  crushing  and  conveying  solutions  which  reduce  carbon 

emissions by at least 75% compared to traditional transport solutions; 

•  NRW is partnering with a local Perth based company to trial a Hydrogen injection technology which is 

expected to significantly improve vehicle fuel efficiency; 

•  Action Drill & Blast is using seed hole analysis to optimise blast vibration prediction for improved blast 
design,  ultimately  reducing  mining  energy  requirements,  and  to  improve  the  protection  of  sensitive 
infrastructure and culturally sensitive areas; and 

•  Primero is continuing to work with various clients on projects in the Hydrogen energy sector with new 
technologies and markets developing to reduce reliance on hydrocarbons based energy sources. 

NRW group companies hold various licenses and are subject to various environmental regulations. No known 
environmental breaches have occurred in relation to the Group’s operations. 

13

13 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

NRW has risk management policies and procedures in place to provide early identification of business risks and 
to monitor the mitigation of those risks across all aspects of the business. These include risk assessment in the 
tender and contracting phase, management of specifically identified project risks, treasury management and 
credit  risks,  responses  to  the  pandemic  and  climate  related  risks.  We  also  identify  and  track  appropriate 
mitigation actions for identified risks.  

OUTLOOK 

The  markets  in  which  NRW  operates  continue  to  provide  opportunities  for  growth.  Commentary  on  the  key 
sectors in which NRW work is provided below. 

Resources 

• 

Iron ore – NRW has been engaged on all the current sustaining tonnes programmes for the major iron 
ore producers and whilst capex is expected to peak in 2021, construction spend to deliver replacement 
tonnes is forecast at circa $8 billion a year for a sustained period(1). The Company will continue to 
engage  with  the  major  iron  ore  clients  to  provide  a  range  of  solutions  including  bulk  earthworks, 
crushing and conveying, non-process infrastructure and support and maintenance; 

•  Battery  minerals  –  represents  a  growing  opportunity  for  the  Group  through  established  delivery 
capabilities in lithium EPC projects undertaken by Primero and contract mining and civil construction 
opportunities in copper, lithium and nickel; 

•  Coal – most of NRW’s coal client’s output is metallurgical coal aligned to steel production or thermal 
coal supplied to meet Australian domestic baseload power. Whilst not a high priority target for new 
capital investments, extensions of existing contracts with established clients is a major focus for the 
business; and 

•  Resources – other opportunities include projects in gold and fertilisers and a broad range of installed 

minerals processing plants with a growing operations and maintenance requirement. 

Infrastructure 

• 

The  acquisition  of  BGC  Contracting  and  Golding  capability  has  already  increased  the  Group’s 
presence in an expanding infrastructure sector. The Bunbury Outer Ring Road is the largest public 
infrastructure contract on which NRW has participated. Post pandemic underlying project activity is 
expected to grow faster with initiatives like the $110 billion, 10 year infrastructure pipeline committed 
by the Federal government in response to COVID-19. 

Renewables 

•  New initiatives being pursued by our clients desire for increased energy efficiency and lower carbon 

emissions are providing a range of opportunities matched to our capabilities.  

o  The Perth based civil business is building a solar farm for Rio Tinto’s captive power network 
in the Pilbara where construction challenges are well understood by that part of the business. 
o  RCR Mining Technologies (RCRMT) is delivering relocatable crushing and conveying hubs 
which dramatically reduce the carbon footprint compared to traditional mining and processing 
operations. 

o  Primero is continuing to work with various clients on projects in the Hydrogen energy sector 
with new technologies and markets developing to reduce reliance on hydrocarbons based 
energy sources 

The Group’s order book at 30 June 21 was $3.4 billion compared to $3.0 billion at the same time last year (pre 
Bunbury  Outer  Ring  Road  award,  announced  July  2020).  The  near  term  tender  pipeline  capable  of  being 
awarded in the next 12 months has strengthened to $14.5 billion compared to $12.9 billion this time last year. 

NRW is forecasting revenue of between $2.4 billion to $2.5 billion in FY22 of which around $2.0 billion is either 
in the order book, the subject of a letter of intent or notice of award, or is expected as repeatable business in 
Urban, RCRMT and DIAB Engineering with the balance of the work to be won and delivered in the year. 

(1)  Source Euroz and NRW internal assessments.  

14

14 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER PERIOD END  

The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (BCO), part of the 
Idemitsu Group, agreed to acquire the majority of the major mining equipment of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of NRW) that is engaged under the Maintenance Services and Hire Agreement at 
the Boggabri Coal Mine. 

The transaction was completed on 28 July 2021.  

As  part  of  the  agreement,  Golding  will  continue  to  perform  maintenance  services  on  site  across  the  assets 
acquired  by  BCO,  and  another  50  pieces  of  major  mining  equipment,  engaging  a  workforce  of  over  150 
personnel on site (refer to note 7.7 of financial statements for details).  

DIVIDEND 

The Directors have declared a final dividend for the financial year of five cents per share. This brings the total 
dividend for the year to nine cents per share following the interim dividend paid in April  2021. The dividend will 
be fully franked and paid on 13 October 2021.  

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS 

The relevant interest of each Director in the ordinary share capital are set out in note 5.7 of the Remuneration 
Report. There were no transactions between entities within the Group and Director related entities as disclosed 
in note 7.3 of the financial statements. 

PERFORMANCE RIGHTS OVER UNISSUED SHARES OR INTERESTS 

As at 30 June 2021 there are 6,200,551 Performance Rights outstanding (2020: 4,187,762). 

Details  of  Performance  Rights  granted  to  Executives  as  part  of  their  remuneration  are  set  out  in  the 
Remuneration Report on pages 16 to 34. 

15

15 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED  

LETTER FROM CHAIRMAN OF THE NOMINATION & REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE 

Dear Shareholders, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Remuneration Report (the Report) for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021. The report that follows this letter details the governance, framework and outcomes of the 
Company’s remuneration practices.  

The Board believes the remuneration framework, which it continues to develop and refine, provides a structure 
to retain and attract the right people whilst generating and improving sustainable shareholder returns. 

As a Remuneration Committee (the Committee) we firmly believe that growth delivered to shareholders in the 
preceding five years highlights our ability to successfully motivate and reward our management team. We also 
acknowledge the adverse share price movements, both last year and this year, which have negatively impacted 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR). Last year the Company’s share price was impacted, as was the general ASX 
stock market, by the COVID-19 pandemic. Pleasingly this was short lived, demonstrated by the strong share 
price recovery in the first half of FY21. However, the continuation of COVID-19 measures which has restricted 
access to resources (as noted in the Directors report) has again weighed on the share price of NRW, and the 
share price of most of its sector peers. The share price has improved since June 21, and further improvements 
are expected and will be needed for the management team to meet certain performance hurdles set by the 
Committee. 

NRW services a key sector within the Australian economy and has continued to do so during very challenging 
times. The Board is proud of the entire NRW workforce for its continued commitment during 2021. 

Performance Outcomes in FY21 

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an unprecedented impact on the Australian economy and community. During 
2021,  NRW  began  to  experience  these  impacts  across  the  business.  Increased  costs  associated  with  the 
pandemic  negatively  impacted  Group  earnings,  as  shown  in  our  financial  results  and  discussed  within  the 
Directors report. Despite the challenges experienced widely across the sector, NRW has sustained its workforce 
at pre-pandemic levels, has not sought government-funded wage assistance, or required additional funding to 
meet our key deliverables.  

While the Board is proud of the manner in which the NRW team has navigated the uncertainty of COVID-19, it 
recognises that expected financial outcomes cannot be modified as a consequence of the pandemic. 

Short-Term Scheme 

The  intent  of  the  short-term  incentive  (STI)  scheme  is  to  reward  executive  effort  for  short-term  business 
performance through the setting of annual KPI targets. See section 3.3 for an overview of the FY21 STI Scheme. 
The  Board  set  aggressive  stretch  targets  for  FY21  in  order  to  drive  business  performance  post  the  BGC 
Contracting  acquisition  in  FY20.  You  will  see  in  this  report  that  as  a  consequence  of  issues  related  to  the 
pandemic the CEO and the EGM of the NRW Civil and Mining business did not meet these stretch earnings 
objectives. The scheme includes strategic targets which have been reviewed and assessed by the Committee 
and appropriately recognised in FY21 remuneration outcomes. Details on the specific vesting of hurdles and 
outcomes for each KMP are outlined at section 5.2.2 of the Report. 

As  part  of  the  ongoing  review  of  the  STI  scheme,  the  Committee  has  restructured  the  safety  component  to 
adjust KMP performance. The revised structure recognises that good safety performance is a non-negotiable 
and cannot be earned through an incentive program. The safety adjustment, which was introduced this year, 
can  only  reduce  incentives  earned  under  other  headings  and  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt  cannot  increase 
earnings within the STI scheme.  

This year NRW has provided additional disclosure of performance against financial metrics for the previous 
financial year in order to improve the transparency of our remuneration practices. Disclosure has been limited 
to the CEO as representative of the broader management team. We consider the disclosure of current year 
targets to be commercially sensitive. Disclosure has been included in section 5.2.1 of the Report. 

16

16 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

LETTER FROM CHAIR OF THE NOMINATION & REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE CONTINUED 

Long-Term Scheme 

The  NRW  long-term  incentive  (LTI)  scheme  is  structured  to  align  executive  and  shareholder  interests  by 
rewarding long-term value creation measured through the delivery of long-term strategic goals. See section 3.4 
and section 5.3 of the Report for details of the current LTI schemes in place.  

The Performance Rights (Rights) vested to the CFO and CEO during the year were the final Tranche associated 
with the 2017 LTI Scheme. The stretch objectives set at the time of award required TSR to double, adding circa 
$300 million to the value of the Company across a three year performance period. The 2017 LTI Scheme has 
proven to be effective resulting in the final tranche of Rights vesting in November 2020. The vesting of those 
Rights rounds out all Rights associated with NRW’s previously structured LTI schemes which included a TSR 
measure only. 

An issue of Rights was made last financial year under the FY20 LTI Scheme, in line with the Committees move 
to an annual Rights grant. The Board firmly believes the LTI Schemes in place are appropriate in terms of value 
and  structure.  The  new  scheme  approved  by  shareholders  at  the  November  2019  AGM  was  tested  and 
supported by an independent remuneration consultant, as detailed in section 2.3 of the Report.  

Key Changes Moving Forward 

The  Committee  has  developed  the  existing  scheme  to  recognise  the  significant  increase  in  the  size  and 
complexity of the business (turnover in FY19 when the scheme was last updated totaled $1.1 billion compared 
to $2.3 billion in FY21). In this light, the Committee notes the following: 

•  There  was  no  change  to  the  CEOs  remuneration  in  FY21.  This  structure  was  tested  through  an 
independent remuneration consultant who confirmed both the fixed and variable (at-risk) values were 
appropriate, including the split between long and short-term components. Details on this engagement 
can be found in section 2.3 of the Report.  

•  As in previous years an award of Rights to the CEO for the next year of the scheme, FY21, should have 
been made at the November 2020 AGM. However the last AGM coincided with two key priorities for Mr 
Pemberton  and  his  management  team;  the  off  market  takeover  of  Primero  and  management  of  the 
consequences of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Consequently, the Board deferred addressing this 
issue until an appropriate time when the matter could be properly considered. Therefore, the award of 
Rights  for  the  FY21  LTI  Scheme  has  been  proposed  and  will  be  voted  on  by  shareholders  at  the 
forthcoming Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM). 
In addition to an award of Rights under the next year of the LTI scheme, the Board has approved an 
additional  one-off  grant  of  200,000  Rights  to  the  CEO  pursuant  to  the  successful  completion  of  the 
Primero  acquisition.  This  acquisition  was  critical  to  the  creation  of  the  MET  business  unit  which  will 
significantly enhance the long-term sustainability of NRW. To ensure this grant is aligned to successful 
shareholder outcomes, the vesting hurdles applicable to the FY21 LTI Scheme will apply to this one-off 
grant. As above, this one-off grant of Rights will be voted on by shareholders at the upcoming EGM.  

• 

Response to Shareholder Feedback 

The Committee acknowledges that more than 25% of shareholder votes did not support last year’s remuneration 
report. We have engaged with stakeholders on their specific remuneration concerns in order to address those 
concerns through the development of our remuneration schemes where we consider them to be aligned with 
our remuneration approach. The Committee believes its agreed LTI structure deals with concerns raised in that: 

§ 

The long-term incentive schemes are three year rolling schemes to be awarded annually to the CEO, as 
shown in 5.3 of the Report. 

§  Performance metrics are multitiered and include earnings and gearing targets to complement TSR. The 
objectives chosen are appropriate to a capital intensive contracting business like NRW. The Committee 
acknowledges  the  inclusion  of  Gearing  needs  further  explanation  (please  see  commentary  at  3.4),  but 
notes it is fundamental to NRW’s balance sheet structure and management of debt within the organisation 
and therefore has been determined to be an appropriate measure of performance. 

17

17 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

LETTER FROM CHAIR OF THE NOMINATION & REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE CONTINUED 

Looking Forward 

The Committee is listening to shareholders’ responses to our Report as we continue to adopt remuneration 
strategies  based  on  your  feedback.  We  have  been  responsive  to  change  with  regards  to  our  remuneration 
strategy  and  consider  it  appropriate  for  an  organisation  that  has  experienced  significant  growth,  from  $345 
million turnover in 2017 to circa $2.3 billion in 2021.  

The Board is of the view that the Company must now realise long-term sustainable value from the enlarged 
NRW  business.  We  are  committed  to  remuneration  strategies  that  focus  on  medium  to  long-term  business 
performance. We are confident the updated remuneration framework will serve shareholders well.  

Peter Johnston 

Chair Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

18

18 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

1  SCOPE OF REPORT 

The pages of the Report that follow have been prepared in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations 
Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act) and audited in accordance with Section 308(3C) of the Act.  

The  Report  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2021  outlines  the  remuneration  arrangements  in  place  for  the  Key 
Management  Personnel  (KMP)  of  NRW  Holdings  Ltd  (NRW,  the  Company)  which  includes  Non-Executive 
Directors, Executive Directors, and those key executives who have authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of NRW during the financial year.  

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

The following persons were classified as KMP during the 2021 financial year, and unless otherwise indicated, 
were classified as KMP for the entire year: 

Non-Executive Directors 

Michael Arnett 

Jeff Dowling 

Peter Johnston 

Fiona Murdoch 

Executive Directors 

Julian Pemberton 

Other Executives 

Andrew Walsh 

Kim Hyman 

Geoff Caton 

Ric Buratto 

Andrew Broad 

Ian Gibbs 

Glen Payne 

Cameron Henry 

Chairman and Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

Chief Financial Officer 

Company Secretary 

Executive General Manager – Golding 

Executive General Manager – NRW Civil & Mining (retired 9 July 2021) 

Executive General Manager – Action Drill & Blast 

Executive General Manager – RCR Mining Technologies and Heat Treatment  

Executive General Manager – DIAB Engineering 

Executive General Manager – Primero Group (from 17 February 2021) 

Executive Directors and Other Executives are together referred to as ‘Executives’ within this report. 

EXECUTIVE SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

The  terms  of  employment  for  Executives  are  formalised  within  an  employment  contract  (Executive  Service 
Agreement).  All  Executives  listed  in  the  remuneration  table  are  appointed  under  an  Executive  Service 
Agreement not for any fixed term and carry no termination payments other than statutory entitlements.   

Executive Service Agreements normally provide for annual reviews of base salary and up to six months’ notice 
of termination by either party. Mr Glen Payne has a twelve month notice period having joined the business from 
BGC Contracting. 

The  Executive  Service  Agreements  in  place  contain  non-compete  provisions  restraining  Executives  from 
operating  or  being  associated  with  an  entity  that  competes  with  the  business  of  NRW  up  to  six  months  
after termination. 

KMP 

Julian Pemberton 

Andrew Walsh 

Kim Hyman 

Geoff Caton 

Andrew Broad 

Ian Gibbs 

Glen Payne 

Cameron Henry 

Notice Period 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

4 weeks 

6 months 

12 months 

6 months 

19 

19

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

2  REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 

Documented below are NRW’s governance practices with regards to the remuneration and reward of KMPs 
within the organisation.  

ROLE OF THE BOARD AND THE NOMINATION & REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE 

The roles and responsibilities of the NRW Board, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, management and 
external advisors in relation to remuneration for Executives and employees of NRW are outlined below.   

The Board is responsible for the oversight and strategic direction of NRW.  

Board 

The NRW Board reviews, and as appropriate, approves the remuneration practices within NRW. The NRW Board 
are responsible for the remuneration and remuneration outcomes for the CEO and Non-Executive Directors. Any 
changes to the Director fee pool are approved by Shareholders, in line with the Company Constitution.  

NRW has established a Nomination & Remuneration Committee (N&RC) consisting of Peter Johnston (Chairman), 
Michael Arnett, Jeff Dowling and Fiona Murdoch. The N&RC are governed by the N&RC Committee Charter.  

The N&RC is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on the remuneration arrangements for Non-
Executive Directors and KMP as set out in the N&RC Charter. The N&RC provides advice, recommendations, and 
assistance to the Board with respect to the following: 

The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors, including the Chair of the Board; 

•  The remuneration policies which are designed to attract and retain Executives with the expertise to enhance the 

competitive advantage, performance and growth of NRW; 

•  Ensuring that the level and composition of Executive remuneration packages are fair, reasonable and adequate 
and that the remuneration received by the KMP demonstrates a clear relationship between the performance of 
the individual and the performance of NRW; 

•  Termination and redundancy policies and payments made to outgoing Executives; and 
•  Disclosures to be included in the corporate governance section of NRW’s annual report which relates to NRW’s 

remuneration policies and procedures. 

The CEO makes recommendations to the N&RC regarding the remuneration of key Executives.  

NRW seeks to engage external advisors to provide information on remuneration related issues, including with 
regards to benchmarking and market data. The N&RC is mandated to engage external and independent 
remuneration advisors who do not have a relationship with or advise NRW management. 

Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee 

CEO and 
Management 

External 
Advisors 

NRW uses the above information and analysis to make informed decisions on remuneration practices within the organisation in line with 
our guiding principles.  

20

20 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

REMUNERATION STRATEGY 

The Board has adopted the following overarching principles which recognise the importance of fair, effective 
and appropriate remuneration outcomes.  

Remuneration Guiding Principles 

Alignment 

Attract and Retain 

Motivate 

Appropriate 

Alignment of the remuneration 
strategy with the interests of 
the Company’s shareholders. 

The remuneration framework 
across NRW has been 
established and is regularly 
reviewed to ensure that the 
Company can attract and retain 
appropriate talent across our 
workforce. 

Remuneration plans are 
structured to ensure that our 
top talent are rewarded for 
achieving both short and long-
term business objectives. The 
Company’s short and long-term 
variable reward is directly 
aligned to performance. 

Remuneration packages are 
established and reviewed 
regularly to ensure that they 
reflect contemporary trends in 
sectors and regions relevant to 
the operations of NRW. 

ENGAGEMENT OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS IN FY21 

In June 2019, the Board engaged Egan Associates (Egan) to review its existing remuneration policies and to 
provide  recommendations  on  executive  short-term  and  long-term  incentive  plan  design  and  non-executive 
director remuneration. The advice was based on market analysis of remuneration trends on a comparative and 
industry specific basis. This advice resulted in changes to fixed remuneration, short-term incentives and the 
structure of the long-term incentive scheme, and was duly implemented with effect from 1 July 2019.  

In March 2021, the Board engaged Egan to provide an update to the advice sought in June 2019. The advice 
focused  on  the  role  of  the  CEO,  CFO  and  the  second-highest  paid  executive  among  organisations  of 
comparable scale across the broad market. Egan also provided research and commentary on fees paid to non-
executive  Directors,  including  Chairpersons  and  Committee  member  arrangements.  The  observations  were 
provided to the Board for consideration, and changes were implemented to the remuneration structures where 
the Board considered it appropriate and in line with Egan recommendations.  

Fees paid to Egan for the year ended 30 June 2021 are shown below.  

Fees paid to Egan Associates 

Total 

2021 

13,629 

13,629 

2020 

23,730 

23,730 

The  following  arrangements  were  made  to  ensure  that  the  remuneration  recommendations  were  free  from 
undue influence: 

§  Egan was engaged by, and reported to, the Chairman of the N&RC. The agreement for the provision of the 
remuneration consulting services was executed by the Chairman of the N&RC under delegated authority 
on behalf of the Board, and the arrangement was executed by the Company Secretary; 
The report containing the remuneration recommendations was provided by Egan directly to the Chairman 
of the N&RC; and 

§ 

§  Egan  was  permitted  to  speak  to  management  throughout  the  engagement  to  understand  company 
processes,  practices  and  other  business  issues  and  obtain  management  perspectives,  if  so  required. 
However, Egan was not permitted to provide any member of management with a copy of their draft or final 
report that contained remuneration recommendations.  

The Board is satisfied that the recommendations were made free from undue influence from any members of 
the Key Management Personnel.  

21

21 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

3  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 

   EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION COMPONENTS 

The NRW remuneration framework recognises that the Group’s overall objectives of delivering profitable growth 
will ultimately lead to long-term shareholder returns.  

NRW’s  remuneration  framework  combines  elements  of  fixed  remuneration  and  ‘at-risk’  remuneration, 
comprising short and long-term incentive schemes. The details of the current structures in place are provided 
below.  

Fixed Remuneration 

Short-term Incentive (STI) 

Long-Term Incentive (LTI) 

Award 

Cash - salary and 
superannuation 
capped at the relevant 
concessional 
contribution limit.  

Cash or Performance Rights 
(Rights) - Executives can earn a 
cash based incentive by achieving 
specific objectives set by the CEO 
and N&RC. 

Structure 

Fixed 

STI award is based on a 
percentage of the Executive’s TFR 
(see 5.1). 

Purpose & 
Strategy 

Attract, engage and 
retain a high 
performing workforce 
to ensure NRW 
delivers on its strategic 
objectives.  

Reward Executive performance 
against annual Key Performance 
Indicators (KPIs) to focus 
Executive effort on short-term 
business performance. 

Approach 

Fixed remuneration is 
set with reference to 
role, market and 
relevant experience, 
which is reviewed 
annually and upon 
promotion. 
Independent advice is 
sought where 
considered 
appropriate, in line 
with our Remuneration 
Governance 
principles.  

STI objectives are set for each 
Executive based on core 
accountabilities. 

Awards are generally made 
annually. Awards vest under a STI 
plan through achieving a set of 
objectives which include relevant 
financial performance, business 
development and strategic targets.  
Awards up to the maximum 
amount payable can be achieved 
when performance is rated as 
superior reflecting the achievement 
of stretch objectives. 

Additional 
Terms 

Not applicable 

Up to 25% of an award can be 
deferred for up to 12 months at the 
discretion of the N&RC if the 
committee determines that 
additional time is required to 
provide more certainty on specific 
business related outcomes. 

Subject to approval of the N&RC, 
an executive may elect to convert 
the total value of the STI Scheme 
into a LTI award of Performance 
Rights, with performance hurdles 
assessed in line with LTI metrics.   

Rights - Executives can participate in an equity based 
incentive through the award of Rights. 

LTI award is based on a percentage of the Executive’s 
TFR (see 5.1).  The number of rights is determined by 
the 30 day Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) 
up to and including the start date of the performance 
period. 

Align Executive and shareholder interests by rewarding 
long-term value creation and success measured 
through the delivery of long-term strategic goals. A 
requirement of the scheme is that the participant 
remains employed with the Group up to and including 
the vesting date promoting long-term employee 
retention.  

LTI objectives are set for each Executive based on 
long-term value creation for shareholders.  

Awards are generally made annually and may be split 
into tranches which have specific objectives within a 
specified timeframe. Rights which vest following the 
achievement of objectives are converted to shares 
when the vesting conditions are met. Vesting 
conditions include continued employment throughout 
the performance period, the normal performance period 
being a minimum of three years. 

Unvested Rights 

The N&RC may determine that all or a portion of Rights 
which have not yet met the vesting hurdle will vest, 
notwithstanding that time restrictions or performance 
conditions applicable to the performance rights have 
not been satisfied. 

Ceasing of Employment 

If a KMP’s employment with NRW ceases for reasons 
other than death or permanent disability any unvested 
Rights will lapse and expire unless the Board of NRW 
considers it appropriate in the circumstances to 
consider the vesting of any unvested shares. Where a 
KMP has died or becomes permanently disabled the 
Board may determine that the Rights will not lapse and 
will be tested against the Vesting Conditions on the 
applicable vesting dates. 

Change of Control 

Upon a change of control occurring in respect of NRW, 
the following rules will apply to determine how 
Performance Rights should vest or lapse. 

Performance Rights that have met the vesting hurdle 
will vest on a date to be determined before the change 
of control date.  

Performance Rights which have met the vesting hurdle 
as a consequence of the change of control (for 
example a share price increment) will vest on a date to 
be determined before the change of control date. 

22

22 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

3.1 

  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION COMPONENTS CONTINUED 

Good Leaver 

The terms and conditions of the LTI Schemes include a 
Good Leaver clause. As a “Good Leaver” any Rights 
awarded will be “pro rated” based on the number of 
months of completed employment in the performance 
period. Awards will then be tested at the relevant 
vesting date/date of performance hurdle and the pro 
rated number of Rights will vest on the vesting date. 

Breach of Obligation 

In the event of fraud, dishonesty, gross misconduct or 
material misstatement of the financial statements, the 
Board may make a determination that could result in 
the lapsing of unvested Rights.  

Other 
Benefits 

The opportunity to salary sacrifice benefits on a tax compliant basis is available upon request. NRW also provides basic 
income protection cover for all employees.  

FIXED REMUNERATION 

As the NRW Group continues to grow it is important to ensure that the remuneration levels of the Executive 
team support the Group in attracting and retaining high calibre staff to lead the delivery of strategic objectives. 
Remuneration for Executives is set dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the scope of 
their role, experience and market conditions at the time of employment. NRW engages Egan where required to 
benchmark remuneration practices to market.  

STI ARRANGEMENTS 

Rewarding Executive  performance  against  annual  KPIs  focuses  and  rewards effort  for  delivering  short-term 
business performance. Delivery of financial targets is the foundation of long-term value creation. The Board 
considers the financial measures contained within the STI scheme to be appropriate as they are aligned with 
the  Groups  overall  objectives  of  delivering  profitable  growth  and  ultimately  over  the  long-term,  shareholder 
returns. The non-financial performance measures have been approved by the CEO to drive strategic initiatives 
and performance consistent with the overall business strategy.  

The following table summarises the key components and operation of the FY21 STI Scheme for Executives.  

Scheme Name 

Participants 

FY21 STI Scheme 

All Executives 

Performance Period 

One year performance period beginning 1 July 2020 and ended on 30 June 2021 

Award Value 

Award value is equal to a percentage of the KMP’s TFR (as shown in 5.1) 

KPIs are made up of two critical financial measures and four individual strategic measures.  

Hurdles for financial metrics are set to allow for a staggered approach to achievement of incentive 
targets. Objectives are based on achieving a minimum financial target in the performance period at 
which time a proportion of the total incentive will be earned. The balance of the total STI is accrued by 
achieving progressively higher earnings. Actual financial performance between targets is paid pro rata.   

EBIT/EBITDA 

Performance Metrics 

Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA) is selected dependent upon business unit. EBIT and EBITDA targets are used 
as earnings targets and a proxy for ‘cash’ generation at the business unit level. 

Order Intake 

NRW operates in a contracting environment where securing, as well as delivering, work is critical to 
sustaining earnings. Order intake is assessed to ensure continued business growth within the sector.  

Annual Business Objectives 

Individual performance hurdles are set during the performance period for four strategic objectives. 
These strategic objectives vary for each Executive dependent upon the business units they manage. 

When are performance 
metrics tested? 

Incentive payments are determined in line with the approval of the Financial Statements for the end of 
the performance period – being the 30 June 2021 annual financial statements. 

Financial Targets EBIT/DA 

Relationship between 
performance and payment 

Target 1  

Target 2 

Target 3 

60% 

20% earned 

Additional 20% earned 

Additional 20% earned 

23 

23

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

3.3  

  STI AGREEMENTS CONTINUED 

Order Intake Targets 

Target 1 

Target 2 

20% 

10% earned 

Additional 10% earned 

Annual Business Objectives 

Four KPIs based on individual business unit 
priorities 

20% 

5% each 

Continued employment throughout the performance period. 

Other Terms and Conditions 

The structure of the scheme ensures that an STI cannot be earned for managing safety. The 
expectation is that safety is managed as part of an Executives core responsibility. If safety is not 
managed to expectations then any STI earned can be adjusted downwards. 

Calculation of Outcome 

The above STI outcome percentages are then multiplied by the KPI weighting and individual STI 
opportunity to determine the payout amount.  

LTI ARRANGEMENTS 

The NRW LTI Scheme seeks to align Executive and shareholder interests by rewarding long-term value creation 
and success measured through the delivery of long-term strategic goals. A requirement of the scheme is that 
the  participant  remains  employed  with  the  Group  up  to  and  including  the  vesting  date  promoting  long-term 
employee retention.   

Following the engagement of Egan in 2019, a revised structure was approved by the N&RC for new long-term 
awards which was approved by shareholders at the November 2019 AGM as part of the award of Rights to the 
CEO. The FY21 LTI Scheme follows on from the FY20 Scheme approved in November 2019, and is in line with 
Egan recommendations. It is proposed that the CEO will be granted an award of Rights in the FY21 LTI Scheme 
subject to the approval of Shareholders at the 2021 EGM. The outline of that scheme is provided in this report.  

Additional participants will join the Scheme following Scheme approval at the EGM.  

Scheme Name 

FY21 LTI Scheme 

Participants 

CEO, subject to approval at the EGM, and CFO 

Performance 
Period 

Three year performance period starting 1 July 2020 and ending 30 June 2023. 

Award Value 

Grant of performance rights is equal to a percentage of the KMP’s TFR (as shown in 5.1)  

Subject to the achievement of the performance metrics across the performance period, Rights will vest to the CEO 
on 30 September 2023. 

Vesting Date 

Subject to the achievement of the performance metrics across the performance period, Rights will vest to the CFO 
in two equal tranches on 30 September 2023 and 30 September 2024. 

Performance 
Metrics and 
Weighting 

Rights vest subject to the achievement of a series of performance hurdles chosen to align shareholder interests 
and Executive effort. NRW notes that the performance metrics chosen are focussed on delivering increased 
earnings and growth in shareholder value, whilst maintaining appropriate levels of gearing within the business. 
Rights awarded under this scheme require substantial increments in shareholder returns, growth in earnings and 
management of debt.  

The number of Rights is allocated equally over the three performance hurdles.  

Share price has been selected as a proxy for TSR. The final assessment of TSR will include 
appropriate adjustments which will include dividend payments and any equity raisings during the 
performance period to reflect actual TSR. TSR targets require a minimum growth objective based 
on an initial share price of $1.92, being the 30 day VWAP to 30 June 2020. Targets related to  
TSR are: 

•  Growth of at least 10% per annum from the 30 June 2020 VWAP ($1.92) to meet the minimum 

objective 

•  Growth of more than 12% per annum from the 30 June 2020 VWAP ($1.92) to meet the 

maximum objective 

Earnings before Interest, Taxes and Amortisation (EBITA) has been selected as the metric for 
earnings. Targets related to EBITA are: 

•  Growth in cumulative EBITA of at least 10% per annum from FY20 to meet the minimum 

objective 

•  Growth of more than 12% per annum from FY20 to meet the maximum objective 

Growth in 
TSR 
(33.3%) 

Growth in 
Earnings 
(33.3%) 

24

24 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

3.4 

  LTI ARRANGEMENTS CONTINUED 

When are 
Performance 
Metrics 
Tested? 

Relationship 
Between 
Performance 
and Vesting 

NRW operates a capital intensive business where asset purchasing and maintenance are critical to 
successful operations. Clients expect upgraded equipment as new contracts are awarded. The 
management of gearing over the long-term is critical to ensuring debt is managed appropriately 
within the business. Targets related to gearing are: 

Gearing 
(33.3%) 

Gearing not to exceed 40% 

The Company defines Gearing as net debt / total equity. 

The vesting of Rights is determined in line with the approval of the Financial Statements at the end of the 
performance period. 

Executive Rights will vest in full subject to the below performance hurdles being met. Where performance is above 
the minimum objective but below the maximum objective, the performance rights will vest pro rata to actual 
achievement.  

The number of Rights awarded under each performance objective is shown below.  

Objective 

Target 

CEO 

CFO 

30 September 2023 

30 September 2023 

30 September 2024 

No. 

Min 

$2.56 

158,333 

No. 

62,500 

No. 

62,500 

Max 

$2.70 

up to 316,666 

up to 125,000 

up to 125,000 

Min 

$169M 

158,333 

62,500 

62,500 

Max 

$176M 

up to 316,666 

up to 125,000 

up to 125,000 

TSR (share 
price) 

EBITA ($M’s) 

Gearing (%) 

Below 

40% 

Total 

316,668 

950,000 

125,000 

375,000 

125,000 

375,000 

Valuation 
Assumptions 

The value per Right to determine the total Rights allocated under this scheme is based on the 30 day VWAP to 30 
June 2020, being $1.92. 

For the purposes of the total FY21 LTI grant to the CEO, the Board has approved an additional one-off grant of 
200,000 Rights pursuant to the successful completion of the Primero acquisition. This acquisition was critical to the 
creation of the MET business unit which will significantly enhance the long-term sustainability of NRW.  

To ensure this grant is aligned to successful shareholder outcomes, the vesting hurdles applicable to the FY21 LTI 
Scheme will apply to this one-off grant. 

As such, the total FY21 grant of Rights to the CEO subject to shareholder approval at the EGM comprises: 

One-Off Issue 
of Rights 

FY21 LTI Scheme 

One-Off Issue of Rights – Primero Acquisition 

Total Rights subject to shareholder approval 

750,000 

200,000 

950,000 

The structure of the scheme and quantum of Rights awarded to the CEO will be put for approval by Shareholders 
at the 2021 EGM, please see the Notice of Meeting for further details. 

Performance Metrics 

Other Terms 
and Conditions 

Gearing will be measured by the average Gearing across the performance period.  

The TSR objective is expressed as a target share price as a proxy for TSR. The final assessment will include 
appropriate adjustments which will include dividend payments and any equity raisings to reflect actual TSR. TSR 
will be measured on sustaining returns at target level for a minimum 2 month period in the performance period or 
any day the target is achieved in the final 2 months of the performance period.   

The FY22 LTI Scheme is currently under construction for all KMP and the Senior Executive Team.  

25

25 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

4  COMPANY PERFORMANCE 

A  key  underlying  principle  of  NRW’s  Executive  remuneration  framework  is  the  delivery  of  financial  targets, 
recognising that the delivery of financial targets is the foundation for long-term value creation for Shareholders. 
The following information summarises key financial performance of NRW over the medium term.  

FIVE YEAR SNAPSHOT 

Measure 

Market Capitalisation  
(30 June) - $ million 

Share Price (30 June) - $ 

Total Revenue - $ million 

Earnings per share (EPS) 
- cents  

Comparative EBITDA  
- $ million(1) 

Net Profit / (Loss) After 
Tax - $ million 

NPATA - $ million(2) 

Interim Dividend Paid 

Final Dividend Declared 
in Respect of the Year 

Annual Total Shareholder 
Return - $ million 

2021 

657.9 

1.47 

2,222 

12.5  

266.7 

54.3 

75.1 

4.0 

5.0 

2020 

793.6 

1.86 

2,004 

18.2 

250.0 

73.7 

89.7 

2.5 

4.0 

2019 

943.5 

2.51 

1,078 

8.6 

143.9 

32.2 

40.4 

2.0 

2.0 

2018 

630.1 

1.70 

685 

11.6 

93.4 

42.2 

33.9 

- 

2.0 

2017 

205.9 

0.64 

345 

9.1 

58.8 

28.5 

16.5 

- 

- 

(143.2) 

(244.5) 

336.6 

391.4 

126.2 

(1)  Comparative EBITDA – Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, transaction costs, Gascoyne impairment and RCRMT 

gain on acquisition and or impairment losses. 

(2)  NPATA – Net profit after Tax adjusted for amortisation of acquisition intangibles and or impairment losses at 30% tax rate. 

SHARE PRICE PERFORMANCE 

NWH
5 Year Share Price

e
r
a
h
s
/
r
e
p
$

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

6/30/2016
30/6/2016

6/30/2017
30/6/2017

6/30/2018
30/6/2018

6/30/2019
30/6/2019

6/30/2020
30/6/2020

Financial Year

Volume

Close

3 Monthly Moving Average

30

25

20

15

10

5

e
m
u
o
V

l

'

s
0
0
0
,
0
0
0

'

0
6/30/2021
30/6/2021

26

26 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

5  EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 

FIXED REMUNERATION 

The table below provides information on the remuneration packages of Executives as at 30 June 2021. 

Julian Pemberton 

Andrew Walsh 

Kim Hyman 

Geoff Caton 

Ric Buratto 

Andrew Broad 

Ian Gibbs 

Glen Payne 

Cameron Henry 

TFR(1) 

1,200,000 

800,000(3) 

387,136 

650,000 

600,000 

500,691 

437,077 

429,694 

432,525 

STIP 

80% 

0%(3) 

20% 

33% 

33% 

33% 

33% 

33% 

33% 

LTIP(2) 

120% 

180% 

20% 

35% 

0% 

35% 

35% 

35% 

35% 

(1)  Annual Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) as at 30 June 2021. 
(2)  LTIP structure approved by N&RC. 
(3)  Mr. Walsh was awarded an increase in fixed remuneration from $725,000 to $800,000 to recognise the growth in the business effective 
1 January 2021. His STI was also increased from 60% to 80% of TFR. Mr Walsh elected to convert the value of his STI award into an 
equity based award of Performance Rights. Vesting of Rights under this award is subject to performance hurdles assessed in line with 
FY20 and FY21 LTI Schemes. These changes were approved by the N&RC and supported by the independent remuneration consultant. 

For FY21, the split between fixed and variable remuneration components for the CEO and CFO, if maximum 
at-risk remuneration is earned, is as follows.  

CEO Remuneration Mix

33%

27%

40%

Fixed

Short-Term Variable

Long-Term Variable

CFO Remuneration Mix

36%

64%

Fixed

Long-Term Variable

During the year there was no change to fixed or variable remuneration received by our CEO. The remuneration 
received recognises the activity level and complexity of the NRW business. The current structure was tested 
through  an  independent  remuneration  consultant  who  confirmed  both  the  fixed  and  variable  values  were 
appropriate, including the split between long and short-term components. Details on this engagement can be 
found in section 2.3 of the Report.  

In addition to the above, a number of changes were made to other KMP TFR during the year to recognise the 
expanded business and to keep remuneration competitive within the wider market. 

27

27 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

STI OUTCOMES 

5.2.1 

FY20 Performance Measures 

NRW  considers  the  disclosure  of  financial  hurdles  under  the  STI  scheme  to  be  market  sensitive.  Earnings 
expectations for the NRW Group are disclosed in line with our obligations under the Corporations Act, and the 
ASX Listing Rules.  

This year, however, NRW has provided additional disclosure of performance against financial metrics for the 
previous financial year to improve the transparency of its remuneration practices. Disclosure has been limited 
to the CEO as representative of the broader management team.  

Please see below the performance metrics, and outcomes, of the FY20 STI Scheme.  

Performance 
Metric 

STI 
Weighting 

Target 
($M) 

Result 
($M) 

STI 
Earned 

Performance Commentary 

EBITDA 

Target 1 

Target 2 

Target 3 

30% 

30% 

$160 

$170 

$175 

$250 

EBITDA measures were adjusted for the following: 
•  The acquisition of BGC Contracting; and 
•  The impacts of AASB 16. 

Post adjustment Target 3 was increased to $233.3M.  

Order Intake 

15% 

$1,520 

$1,646 

15% 

Budget values met 

Safety 

20% 

0% 

Not awarded due to fatality 

BGC 
Acquisition 

30% 

30% 

assumptions; and 

• 

Integration measures.  

Integration objectives included: 
•  Delivery of EBITDA targets consistent with acquisition 

Annual 
Business 
Objectives 

5% 

100% 

5% 

80% 

5.2.2 

FY21 Performance Measures 

EBITDA targets have been adjusted and reflected at ‘EBITDA’ 
above.  

Primarily related to acquisitions, integration and strategic growth 
markets. Performance was assessed in line with the expectations 
of the N&RC.  

The following table provides information on the outcome of the STIP for each Executive for the year ended  
30 June 2021. The value of the award is outlined in the remuneration table in 6.1. 

Julian Pemberton 

Andrew Walsh 

Kim Hyman 

Geoff Caton 

Ric Buratto 

Andrew Broad 

Ian Gibbs 

Glen Payne 

Cameron Henry(2) 

FY21 

FY20 

STIP Earned 

STIP Forfeited 

STIP Earned 

STIP Forfeited 

65% 

-(1) 

65% 

100% 

0% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

- 

35% 

-(1) 

35% 

0% 

100% 

0% 

0% 

0% 

- 

80% 

80% 

- 

65% 

50% 

80% 

80% 

0% 

N/A 

20% 

20% 

- 

35% 

50% 

20% 

20% 

100% 

N/A 

(1)  Mr. Walsh elected to convert the value of his STI award into an equity based award of Performance Rights. See Note 3 under 5.1. 
(2)  Cameron Henry joined in February 2021 and was therefore not eligible for the FY21 STI Scheme. 

The award structure and outcomes by hurdle are shown below for each KMP who was eligible to participate in 
the FY21 STI Scheme.  

28

28 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

5.2 

  STI OUTCOMES CONTINUED 

Julian Pemberton

Kim Hyman

Glen Payne

Ian Gibbs

Andrew Broad

Geoff Caton

STIP Earned FY21
By Performance Hurdle

25%

25%

20%

20%

20%

20%

60%

60%

60%

60%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

Earnings

Order Intake

Strategic

For clarity, we also include the STI outcomes by hurdle for the CEO as listed below.  

CEO STI Performance By Performance Hurdle
FY21

EBITDA Target 1

EBITDA Target 2

25%

EBITDA Target 3

Order Intake Target 1

Order Intake Target 2

Strategic - EBITDA Target of MET

Strategic - Order Intake Target of MET

Strategic - Operational Integration of MET

Strategic - Succession Planning

75%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

A summary of the CEO’s STI performance over the last four years is set out below. 

Earned

Forfeited

2018

2019

2020

2021

Historical CEO STI Performance

100%

50%

50%

80%

65%

20%

35%

Earned

Forfeited

29

29 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

LTI OUTCOMES 

The structure of the Company’s current year LTI scheme is set out in section 3.4. Details of specific awards and 
progress  on  meeting  objectives  within  those  awards  is  provided  below.  The  comparative  results  include  an 
earlier scheme which resulted in rights vesting in November last year, details of which can be found in the FY20 
remuneration report. 

CEO and CFO 

NRW has the current LTIP schemes in place which have an impact in FY21 for the CEO and CFO. The structure 
of the FY21 LTI Scheme and quantum of Rights awarded will be put for approval by Shareholders at the 2021 
EGM, please see the Notice of Meeting for further details.   

Scheme 

2017 LTI Scheme 

FY20 LTI Scheme 

FY21 LTI Scheme 

Participants 

CEO, CFO 

CEO, CFO 

CEO, CFO 

Rights were awarded in three equal 
tranches with increasing 
performance hurdles set for each 
year. The objectives set at the time 
of the award required the market 
capitalisation (TSR) to be doubled in 
the performance period. 

Rights were awarded under this 
revised scheme following the advice 
from Egan, an independent advisor 
on executive remuneration. This 
scheme requires yearly incremental 
shareholder returns, growth in 
earnings and management of debt.  

Rights awarded under this scheme 
require substantial increments in 
shareholder returns, growth in 
earnings and management of debt. 

FY18, FY19, FY20 

FY20, FY21, FY22, FY23 

FY21, FY22, FY23 

Scheme 
Details 

Performance 
Period 

Award Period 

FY18, FY19, FY20 

FY21, FY22 

FY23 

30 November 2018 

30 November 2022 

Vesting Date 

30 November 2019 

30 November 2020 

30 September 2023 (CFO) 

30 November 2023 (CEO) 

Testing Time 

30 June 2020 

Performance 
Hurdles 

As a result of the very strong 
increase in the share price the 
performance hurdles for all three 
tranches have been met and Rights 
have now fully vested. Please see 
prior year remuneration reports for 
further details on the performance 
hurdles for this scheme.  

30 June 2022 

30 June 2023 

Annual growth in TSR of: 
•  At least 10% to meet the 
minimum objective 

•  More than 12% to meet the 

maximum objective 

Growth in annual accumulated 
EBITDA of: 
•  At least 10% to meet the 
minimum objective 

•  More than 12% to meet the 

maximum objective 

Maximum gearing objective of 40%.  

Please note the performance 
hurdles set have been adjusted for 
the impacts of AASB16. 

Additional 
Details 

The structure of the plan and the 
quantum of rights awarded in these 
plans to the CEO were approved by 
shareholders at the 2017 AGM. 

The structure of the plan and the 
quantum of rights awarded in these 
plans to the CEO were approved by 
shareholders at the 2019 AGM. 

30 September 2023  

30 September 2024 (CFO only) 

30 June 2023 

Annual growth in TSR of: 
•  At least 10% per annum to  
meet the minimum objective 
•  More than 12% per annum to 
meet the maximum objective 

Growth in cumulative EBITA of: 

•  At least 10% per annum to meet 

the minimum objective 

•  More than 12% per annum to 
meet the maximum objective 

Maximum gearing objective of 40%. 

The structure of the plan and 
quantum of Rights awarded will be 
put for approval by Shareholders at 
the 2021 EGM, please see the 
Notice of Meeting for further details.   

For the purposes of the total FY21 
LTI grant to the CEO, the Board has 
approved an additional one-off grant 
of 200,000 Rights pursuant to the 
successful completion of the Primero 
acquisition. Please see disclosure 
under 3.4, above, for further details.  

Rights Vested 

2,837,500 

Rights 
Outstanding 

Nil 

No Rights have vested under this 
Scheme. 

No Rights have vested under this 
Scheme. 

2,664,492 

1,700,000 

30

30 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

All Other Executives 

NRW has the current LTIP schemes in place which have an impact in FY21 for Executives other than the CFO 
and CEO. 

Scheme 

2017 LTI Scheme 

FY20 LTI Scheme 

Participants 

EGM RCR Mining Technologies (RCRMT) 

All Executives excluding CEO and CFO 

Scheme Details 

Performance 
Period 

Following the acquisition of RCRMT in 2020, the 2017 
LTIP Scheme was rolled out to the EGM of RCRMT. The 
relatively short performance period reflects the agreed 
business recovery objectives consistent with the 
acquisition valuation assumptions. 

Rights were awarded under this revised scheme 
following the advice from Egan, an independent advisor 
on executive remuneration. This scheme requires yearly 
incremental shareholder returns, growth in earnings and 
management of debt. 

15 February 2019 – 31 October 2020/2021 

FY20, FY21, FY22, FY23 

Award Period 

FY19 

Vesting Date 

Testing Times 

30 November 2020 

30 November 2021 

30 October 2020 

30 October 2021 

Performance 
Hurdles 

• 

• 

Increase in share price (30 day VWAP) to $2.80 by 
October 2020; and 

Increase in share price (30 day VWAP) to $2.90 by 
October 2021. 

As a result of the strong increase in the share price the 
performance hurdles for both tranches have been met.   

FY20, FY21, FY22 

30 November 2022 

30 November 2023 

30 June 2022 

30 June 2023 

Annual growth in TSR of: 
•  At least 10% to meet the minimum objective 
•  More than 12% to meet the maximum objective 

Growth in annual accumulated EBITDA of: 
•  At least 10% to meet the minimum objective 
•  More than 12% to meet the maximum objective 

Maximum gearing objective of 40%. 

Please note the performance hurdles set have been 
adjusted for the impacts of AASB16. 

Additional 
Details 

The structure of the plan was approved by shareholders 
at the 2017 AGM as part of the Rights awarded to the 
CEO. 

The structure of the plan was approved by shareholders 
at the 2019 AGM as part of the Rights awarded to the 
CEO.  

Rights Vested 
in FY21 

Rights 
Outstanding 

77,885 

77,885 

LTI Awards and Vesting Status 

No Rights have vested under this Scheme. 

689,334 

The above Schemes have resulted in the following movement of Rights during FY21. 

Name 

Allocation 
Date 

Julian 
Pemberton 

Andrew 
Walsh 

4/12/2017 
to 
30/06/2021 

4/12/2017 
to 
01/06/2021 

Geoff Caton 

20/07/2020 

Andrew 
Broad 

Ian Gibbs 

27/07/2020 

15/02/2019 
to 
20/07/2020 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 1 July 
2020 

Granted in 
FY21 

Vested in 
FY21 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 30 June 
2021 

Fair Value 
Per 
Security 

Fair Value 
at Grant 
Date 

Share 
Based 
Payments 
Expense 
FY21 

Number 

Number 

Number 

Number 

Cents 

$ 

$ 

3,301,992 

950,000(1) 

(2,137,500) 

2,114,492 

27.0 to 182 

3,381,572 

887,999 

700,000 

2,250,000(2) 

(700,000) 

2,250,000 

34 to 153 

2,719,626 

849,496 

- 

- 

275,960 

164,975 

- 

- 

275,960 

30.1 to 182 

380,160 

110,222 

164,975 

30.1 to 182 

227,268 

65,893 

155,770 

96,112 

(77,885) 

173,997 

30.1 to 182 

290,977 

86,106 

Glen Payne 

20/07/2020 

- 

152,287 

- 

152,287 

30.1 to 182 

209,790 

60,826 

Includes one-off Rights issue in accordance with 3.4, above. Subject to shareholder approval at the upcoming EGM. 

(1) 
(2)  Rights granted during the year includes the election to convert the value of STI award into an equity based award. See Note 3 under 5.1. 

31

31 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
  
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

Further  details  in  relation  to  the  KMP  long-term  incentive  awards  are  set  out  in  note  4.7  to  the  financial 
statements. 

6  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ ARRANGEMENTS  

NON-EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK  

Non-Executive  Directors  received  a  fixed  fee  for  Board  and  Committee  duties  and  are  not  entitled  to  any 
performance related remuneration. The NRW constitution provides that Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration 
must not exceed the maximum aggregate sum determined by the Company in a general meeting. At present, 
the maximum sum is fixed at $750,000, in aggregate, per annum. This maximum sum cannot be increased 
without member’s approval by ordinary resolution at a general meeting.  

Non-Executive Director fees (excluding superannuation and non-cash benefits) to be paid by the Company to 
the Chairman is $150,000 (2020: $150,000) and to Non-Executive Directors is $100,000 (2020: $100,000). In 
addition, the chair of the Audit & Risk committee receives an additional fee of $25,000 (2020: $25,000). Non-
Executive  Directors  are  also  entitled  to  receive  reimbursement  for  travelling  and  other  expenses  that  they 
properly incur in attending Board meetings, attending any general meetings of the Company or in connection 
with the Company’s business. 

NON-EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 

The table below sets out the remuneration arrangements for each of NRW’s Non-Executive Directors: 

Remuneration 

Salary & fees 

Non cash 
benefit 

Post-Employment 
Benefits 

Superannuation 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

150,000 

150,000 

125,000 

125,000 

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 

38,387 

475,000 

413,387 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

14,250 

14,250 

11,875 

11,875 

9,500 

9,500 

9,500 

3,330 

45,125 

38,955 

Total 

164,250 

164,250 

136,875 

136,875 

109,500 

109,500 

109,500 

41,717 

520,125 

452,342 

Michael Arnett 

Jeff Dowling 

Peter Johnston 

Fiona Murdoch 

TOTAL 

32

32 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

7  OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION TABLES 

The table below sets out the remuneration outcomes for each of NRW’s Executive KMP for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020. 

Year 

Salary & 
fees 

Cash 
Based 
Awards 
(STI) 

Annual 
Leave(1) 

Post 
Employment 
Benefits 
(Super) 

Other 
Long-Term 
Benefits(2) 

Equity 
Based 
Awards 
(LTI) 

Total 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR  

2021 

1,178,997 

619,787 

90,665 

21,694 

19,656 

887,999 

2,818,798 

2020 

1,178,997 

768,000 

150,473 

21,003 

39,207 

818,939 

2,976,619 

Julian 
Pemberton 

EXECUTIVES 

Andrew  Walsh 

Kim Hyman 

Geoff Caton 

Ric Buratto 

2021 

741,497 

-(8) 

16,230 

2020 

703,997 

348,000 

37,215 

2021 

363,568 

50,328 

22,365 

2020 

363,568 

- 

14,459 

2021 

625,000 

214,500 

48,011 

2020 

625,000 

139,425 

26,509 

2021 

557,645 

- 

21,456 

2020 

557,645 

99,000 

17,031 

Andrew Broad(3) 

2021 

478,997 

165,229 

(3,695) 

2020 

156,595 

43,759 

12,042 

Jeff Whiteman(4) 

2021 

- 

- 

2020 

356,400 

42,433 

- 

- 

21,695 

21,003 

21,694 

21,003 

25,000 

25,000 

21,694 

21,003 

21,694 

7,876 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,060 

9,755 

849,496 

1,628,918 

118,100 

1,228,315 

- 

- 

464,015 

408,785 

10,400 

110,222 

1,033,133 

10,433 

11,339 

837,706 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

600,795 

694,679 

65,893 

728,118 

- 

- 

- 

220,272 

- 

398,833 

Ian Gibbs(5) 

Glen Payne(6) 

Cameron 
Henry(7) 

2021 

415,383 

144,235 

15,336 

21,694 

(43,935) 

86,106 

638,819 

2020 

415,383 

120,079 

(23,975) 

19,485 

(41,139) 

71,924 

561,757 

2021 

408,000 

141,799 

26,668 

21,694 

2020 

298,154 

2021 

151,923 

2020 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(52,460) 

11,309 

10,059 

14,433 

- 

- 

6,801 

7,237 

3,205 

- 

60,826 

665,788 

- 

- 

- 

264,240 

179,620 

- 

Total 2021 

2021 

4,921,010 

1,335,878 

247,095 

191,292 

2,187 

2,060,542 

8,758,004 

Total 2020 

2020 

4,655,739 

1,560,696 

181,294 

147,682 

25,493 

1,020,302 

7,591,206 

(1)  Represents the movement in accrued annual leave. 
(2)  Represents the movement in accrued long service leave. 
(3)  Mr A Broad joined on 1 March 2020 as Executive General Manager of Action Drill & Blast. 
(4)  Mr J Whiteman ceased his role as Executive General Manager of Action Drill & Blast on 28 February 2020. 
(5)  Mr I Gibbs joined on the 15 February 2019 as Executive General Manager of RCR Mining Technologies. 
(6)  Mr G Payne joined on 9 December 2019 as Executive General Manager of DIAB Engineering. 
(7)  Mr C Henry joined on 17 February 2021 as Executive General Manager of Primero Group. 
(8)  Mr A Walsh elected to convert the value of his STI award into an equity based award of Performance Rights. See Note 3 under 5.1. 

33

33 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ ReportNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
REPORT CONTINUED
REPORT CONTINUED 

SHARE OWNERSHIP  

The table below sets out the current shareholding and movement for the last two financial years for each of the 
KMP who hold shares in the Company. 

Held at  
30 June 19 

Purchases 

Rights 
vested 

Share 
Sales 

Held at  
30 June 20 

Purchases 

Rights 
vested 

Share 
Sales 

Held at  
30 June 21 

Michael Arnett 

1,009,179 

3,355 

Jeff Dowling 

364,705 

- 

Peter Johnston 

109,416 

3,355 

Fiona Murdoch 

- 

13,700 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,012,534 

364,705 

- 

- 

112,771 

25,000 

13,700 

7,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Julian 
Pemberton 

10,208,497 

- 

2,762,500 

(3,650,000) 

9,320,997 

Andrew Walsh 

2,895,498 

3,355 

981,250 

(570,000) 

3,310,103 

Geoff Caton 

Ric Buratto 

Ian Gibbs 

Cameron Henry 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

357,798 

(357,798) 

- 

288,000 

(200,000) 

88,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,012,534 

364,705 

137,771 

20,700 

11,458,497 

2,137,500 

700,000 

(700,000) 

3,310,103 

- 

- 

- 

(88,000) 

- 

- 

77,885 

256,816(1) 

- 

- 

- 

77,885 

256,816 

TOTAL 

14,587,295 

23,765 

4,389,548 

(4,777,798) 

14,222,810 

288,816 

2,915,385 

(788,000) 

16,639,011 

(1)  Relates to share allotment as part of the takeover consideration received as part of the Primero acquisition. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

All  loans  or  related  party  transactions  made  to  KMP  or  their  associates  during  the  2021  financial  year  are 
disclosed at note 7.3 of the financial statements.  

End of Remuneration Report (Audited) 

34

34 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT  

Corporate Governance & Risk Management 

Good corporate governance and risk management is fundamental to all aspects of NRW’s activities. Set out 
below is the Company’s response to the corporate governance principles, followed by a review of the key risks. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRINCIPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS  

The  Australian  Securities  Exchange  (ASX)  Corporate  Governance  Council  sets  out  best  practice 
recommendations,  including  corporate  governance  practices  and  suggested  disclosures.  ASX  Listing  Rule 
4.10.3 requires companies to disclose the extent to which they have complied with the ASX recommendations 
and to give reasons for not following them.  

Unless  otherwise  indicated  the  best  practice  recommendations  of  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council, 
including corporate governance practices and suggested disclosures, have been adopted by the Company for 
the year ended 30 June 2021.  

In addition, the Company has a Corporate Governance section on its website: www.nrw.com.au which includes 
the relevant documentation suggested by the ASX Recommendations.  

RISK MANAGEMENT 

Risk is an inherent part of NRW’s business and management of those risks is therefore critical to the Company’s 
performance and financial strength. 

Material risks that could adversely affect the Company have been identified below along with commentary on 
the risk and mitigating actions. The risks are not listed in order of significance nor are they all encompassing, 
rather they reflect the most significant risks identified at a whole-of-entity or consolidated level. 

Market Risk  

NRW’s financial performance is influenced by the level of activity in the resources and mining industry, and the 
construction and engineering sector, which is impacted by a number of factors outside the control of NRW. 
These factors include:  

•  Demand for mining production, which may be influenced by factors including (but not limited to) prices 
of commodities, exchange rates, the competitiveness of Australian mining operations, macro-economic 
cycles (in particular capital expenditure in natural resources), and government policy on infrastructure 
spend; 

•  The policies of mine owners including their decisions to undertake their own mining operations or to 

outsource these functions; and  

•  The  availability  and  cost  of  key  resources  including  people,  earth  moving  equipment,  and  critical 

consumables.  

Further, NRW operates in a competitive market and it is difficult to predict whether new contracts will be awarded 
due to multiple factors influencing how clients evaluate potential service providers. 

Mitigation actions include the development of a diversified service offering with contractual counterparties in 
infrastructure and across a range of commodities in the resources sector. 

Loss of Contracts / Reduction in Contract Scope 

NRW’s revenues are subject to underlying contracts with varying terms. There is a risk that NRW’s contracts 
may be cancelled (whether for convenience or with cause) or may not be renewed if NRW’s clients decide to 
reduce their levels of spending, potentially reducing revenue generated on those projects.  

Contract operations are also vulnerable to the risk of interruption as a result of a variety of factors, which may 
be beyond  NRW’s control,  including prolonged  heavy  rainfall or cyclones, geological  instability, accidents or 
unsafe conditions, equipment breakdowns, industrial relations issues, and scarcity of materials and equipment. 
Interruptions  to  existing  operations  or  delays  in  commencing  operations  experienced  by  NRW’s  clients  may 
result in lost revenue and, in some circumstances, result in NRW incurring additional costs, which may have a 
material adverse effect on NRW’s business, results of operations and financial condition. 

NRW is also dependant on our client’s assessments of the financial viability of their projects which includes 
ensuring they have access to sufficient funding to meet project working capital and debt covenant requirements. 
If a client fails to obtain sufficient funding to successfully develop its project or otherwise fails to meet its working 
capital or debt covenant requirements, the client may seek to scale back or cancel its contract with NRW, which 
may have a material adverse impact on NRW’s financial performance.  

35 

35

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Corporate Governance & Risk ManagementNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

Mitigation actions include working closely with our clients to ensure we understand the issues faced by them 
and to identify opportunities where we can assist in ensuring the impact of the types of issues identified above 
are minimised. 

Delivery Performance 

NRW’s  execution  and  delivery  of  projects  involves  judgement  regarding  the  planning,  development  and 
management  of  complex  operating  facilities  and  equipment.  As  a  result,  NRW’s  operations,  cash  flows  and 
liquidity could be affected if the resources or time needed to complete a project are miscalculated, if it fails to 
meet contractual obligations, or if it encounters delays or unspecified conditions. Some of NRW’s contracts are 
‘lump sum’ in nature and to the extent costs exceed the contracted price, there is a risk these amounts may not 
be recovered. From time to time variations to the planned scope occurs or issues arise during the construction 
phase of a project not anticipated at the time of bid. This may give rise to claims under the contract with the 
clients in the ordinary course of business. Where such claims are not resolved in the ordinary course of business 
they may enter formal dispute and the outcome upon resolution of these claims may be materially different to 
the position taken by NRW. 

NRW  is  also  exposed  to  input  costs  through  its  operations,  such  as  the  cost  of  fuel  and  energy  sources, 
equipment and personnel. To the extent that these costs cannot be passed on to customers in a timely manner, 
or at all, NRW’s financial performance could be adversely affected. If NRW materially underestimates the cost 
of providing services, equipment or plant, there is a risk of a negative impact on NRW’s financial performance. 

Mitigation actions include the development of robust tender and contract review processes which have been 
structured to identify risk and develop specific mitigation plans to address issues as they arise. A number of 
contracts include a rise and fall clause which mitigates changes in input costs to NRW. 
Access to Resources 

NRW’s growth and profitability may be limited by loss of key management or operational personnel or due to 
being unable to recruit and retain skilled and experienced staff. Further, NRW is reliant on third party equipment 
to perform contract obligations which may not be available or may be subject to pricing premiums in order to 
secure appropriate equipment. 

Mitigation actions include the maintenance of a database of staff who have worked for the Company on all of 
its projects and pricing of contracts includes estimates of the likely costs required to attract the right people to 
perform the contract. NRW has developed strong working relationships with a number of equipment suppliers 
in order to ensure equipment requirements are understood ahead of time in order to minimise any potential risk 
around availability. 

Engineer Design Risk 

NRW operates as a ‘design, construct and operate’ contractor in the engineering sector. Such projects and 
contracts place an obligation on NRW to design ‘fit for purpose’ infrastructure and to give warranties to such 
effect. Any failure in design may see NRW exposed to contractual claims for breach of ‘fit for purpose’ or design 
obligations and, from time to time, to performance and liquidated damages.  

NRW is particularly exposed to risk in circumstances where it has agreed to an engineering, procurement and 
construction (EPC) contract where it may suffer loss in the event expenses exceed anticipated costings for the 
project. NRW constructs large often complex processing plants which may operate under extreme conditions. 
The potential for failure of components is always present. If this failure results in a loss to NRW, NRW may have 
exposure to rectification of these failures which may result in a call on performance guarantees provided by 
NRW to its clients (if any), or in some cases, may exceed the quantum of any such performance guarantees.  

Mitigation  actions  include  maintaining  professional  indemnity  insurance  and  also  engaging  appropriate  third 
party design consultants for complex or specialist design expertise.  

Climate Related Risks 

NRW  recognises  the  potential  challenges  posed  by  a  number  of  factors  which  can  be  grouped  under  the 
heading ‘climate risk’. These risks mainly relate to the operations of our clients which NRW currently works for 
but  could  nonetheless  impact  operations  over  the  medium  to  long-term.  Risks  include  reduction  to  current 
activity levels, and potential disruption to operations from activists. NRW operates within the strict environmental 
obligations defined by its clients which requires the project ‘environmental footprint’ to be respected at all times.  

36

36 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Corporate Governance & Risk Management 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & 
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

NRW, through its Sustainability Committee, has adopted a number of initiatives to monitor the effect that climate 
related risks have on its operations and take appropriate action to ensure there is a balanced approach to capital 
allocation and the sustainable growth objectives of the Company. 

Regulatory Compliance 

NRW must meet regulatory requirements that are subject to continual review, including inspection by regulatory 
authorities. Failure by NRW to continuously comply with regulatory requirements or failure to take satisfactory 
corrective action in response to adverse inspection could result in enforcement actions. NRW operates in a 
regulated environment with the potential for significant penalties for non-compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations. NRW’s future growth prospects are reliant on its ability to market it services and any regulatory 
change,  event  or  enforcement  action  which  would  restrict  those  activities  could  have  a  material  impact  on 
NRW’s  growth  and  future  financial  performance.  Amendments  to  current  law  and  regulations  governing 
operations or more stringent implementation of laws and regulations could have an adverse impact on NRW, 
including increases in expenses, capital expenditure and costs. The impact of future regulatory and legislative 
change upon the business of NRW cannot be predicted.  

NRW is also dependent on various technical and financial accreditations to operate the business. These include 
safety accreditations, quality assurance standards, technical accreditations and various financial accreditations. 
Any failure to maintain or comply with accreditation can impact the eligibility of NRW to participate in certain 
projects and sectors.  

Mitigation actions include the monitoring of regulatory and legislative changes that impact the organisation and 
ensuring NRW is up to date with its compliance obligations.  

Intellectual Property 

NRW’s ability to leverage innovation and expertise depends upon its ability to protect intellectual property and 
any improvements to it. Such intellectual property may not be capable of being legally protected and may be 
the subject of unauthorised disclosure or unlawfully infringed. NRW may incur substantial costs in asserting or 
defending its intellectual property rights. 

Mitigation actions include continual internal assessment to identify any potential intellectual property and where 
able, the legal protection of such rights.   

Pandemic 

The  ongoing  challenges  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  require  constant  monitoring.  The  COVID-19 
pandemic  has  had  a  significant  impact  across  our  operations  to  date.  Measures  taken  as  a  result  of  the 
pandemic,  including  border  closures  imposed  at  a  State  and  Federal  level,  have  effectively  restricted  the 
available labour pool. Our challenge remains to deliver projects in an environment where competition for people 
has  increased  significantly,  driven  by  both  high  construction  activity  and  strong  commodity  demand.  This 
restriction on available labour may lead to higher staff turnover, increased labour costs and lower productivity. 

Our  clients  depend  on  open  access  to  international  markets  without  which  they  may  need  to  reduce  or 
temporarily suspend operations currently performed by NRW. We employ over 7,000 people across the Group 
and rely on them to apply social distancing both at work and when not at work. We cannot assume that we are 
immune to a local infection which may require operations to be temporarily suspended.  

NRW’s  supply  chain  is  reliant  on  overseas  sourcing  and  normal  logistical  support  timeframes.  Its  operation 
could be impacted by delays brought about by responses to the pandemic which could delay project timeframes 
and lead to increased costs. 

There is a risk that a material outbreak related to the virus may impact operations through both reductions in 
revenue and increases in costs which could result in the carrying values of certain assets being overstated. 
NRW has carried out additional impairment scenario testing including stress testing the current business plan 
assumptions to ensure the carrying value of assets can continue to be supported. 

Mitigation actions include alignment with State and Federal advice, regular reviews of processes adopted as a 
result of the pandemic to ensure they are as effective as they can be in preventing the spread of the virus. 

37

37 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Corporate Governance & Risk Management 
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE 
DECLARATION

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Board of Directors 
NRW Holdings Limited 
181 Great Eastern Highway 
Belmont WA 6104 

19 August 2021 

Dear Board Members 

NNRRWW  HHoollddiinnggss  LLiimmiitteedd  

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following declaration 
of independence to the directors of NRW Holdings Limited. 

As lead audit partner  for the  audit of the financial statements of  NRW Holdings Limited  for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2021, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions 
of: 

(i) 

(ii) 

the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 

any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours sincerely 

DDEELLOOIITTTTEE  TTOOUUCCHHEE  TTOOHHMMAATTSSUU 

DD  KK  AAnnddrreewwss  
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation 

38

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ 
DIRECTORS’  
DECLARATION
DECLARATION 

Directors’ Declaration 

THE DIRECTORS DECLARE THAT: 

(a) in the Directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its 
debts as and when they become due and payable; 

(b) in the Directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards, as stated in note 1.2 to the financial statements; 

(c) in the Directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including compliance with accounting standards and giving a true and fair view of the 
financial position and performance of the consolidated entity; and 

(d) the Directors have been given the declarations required by s.295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

At the date of this declaration, the Company is within the class of companies affected by ASIC Class Order 
98/1418. The nature of the Deed of Cross guarantee is such that each company which is party to the deed 
guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt in accordance with the Deed of Cross guarantee. 

In the Directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the companies to which 
the ASIC Class Order applies, as detailed in note 7.1 to the financial statements will, as a group, be able to 
meet  any  obligations  or  liabilities  to  which  they  are,  or  may  become,  subject  by  virtue  of  the  deed  of  
cross guarantee. 

Signed  in  accordance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Directors  made  pursuant  to  s.295(5)  of  the  Corporations  
Act 2001. 

ON BEHALF OF THE DIRECTORS 

Julian Pemberton  

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director  

Michael Arnett 

Chairman and Non-Executive Director 

Perth, 19 August 2021

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |    Directors’ Declaration

39 

39

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Directors’ Report 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
PROFIT OR LOSS & OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

For the Year Ended 30 June 2021  

REVENUE 

Other income 

Materials and consumables 

Employee benefits expense 

Subcontractor costs 

Plant and equipment costs 

Depreciation and amortisation expenses 

Other expenses 

Share of profit / (loss) from associates 

Net finance costs 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

Profit and Other Comprehensive Income Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the Company 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Consolidated 

Notes 

2021 

$’000 

2020 

$’000 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.4 

2.4 

3.5 

2.5 

6.1 

4.6 

4.6 

2,221,479 

2,004,362 

14,712 

(476,333) 

(720,130) 

(466,906) 

(271,726) 

(166,297) 

(47,012) 

1,435 

(13,332) 

75,890 

(21,595) 

54,295 

311 

(390,599) 

(570,183) 

(441,929) 

(343,961) 

(122,081) 

(22,856) 

(42) 

(12,804) 

100,218 

(26,469) 

73,749 

54,295 

73,749 

Cents 

12.5 

12.4 

Cents 

18.2 

18.0 

The consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

40

40 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
FINANCIAL POSITION
FINANCIAL POSITION 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

As at 30 June 2021 

Consolidated 

Notes 

2021 

$’000 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Lease receivable 

Inventories 

Non-current assets held for sale 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets (right of use) 

Lease receivable 

Investments in listed equities 

Investments in associates 

Intangibles 

Goodwill 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Financial debt  

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Current tax liability 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Retained profits 

Total equity 

3.1 

3.2 

3.8 

3.3 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

3.6 

3.7 

3.9 

5.3 

5.4 

3.10 

6.3 

5.3 

5.4 

3.10 

6.3 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

2020(1) 

$’000 

170,229 

369,906 

2,546 

57,358 

- 

8,771 

146,549 

412,577 

2,794 

57,055 

82,612 

7,321 

708,908 

608,810 

321,408 

48,163 

180 

13,616 

2,233 

44,123 

162,981 

592,704 

1,301,612 

330,755 

92,056 

13,621 

71,966 

418 

451,825 

58,276 

2,545 

- 

2,610 

33,961 

85,036 

634,253 

1,243,063 

331,642 

81,799 

14,757 

110,442 

- 

508,816 

538,640 

169,852 

162,996 

42,303 

20,670 

14,848 

247,673 

756,489 

545,123 

383,416 

11,359 

150,348 

545,123 

50,301 

17,871 

866 

232,034 

770,674 

472,389 

332,863 

8,453 

131,073 

472,389 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

41 

41

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
CHANGES IN EQUITY
CHANGES IN EQUITY 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

For the Year Ended 30 June 2021  

Notes 

Contributed 
Equity 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve 

Share Based 
Payment 
Reserve 

Total 
Reserves 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total  
Equity 

$’000 

$’000 

206,126 

(208) 

$’000 

7,032 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

6,824 

75,613 

288,563 

4.4 

- 

4.2 

120,000 

4.2 

4.2 

4.2 

4.5 

4.3 

10,000 

(3,287) 

24 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(24) 

(24) 

73,749 

73,749 

- 

- 

- 

- 

120,000 

10,000 

(3,287) 

- 

- 

- 

(18,289) 

(18,289) 

1,653 

1,653 

- 

1,653 

332,863 

(208) 

8,661 

8,453 

131,073 

472,389 

4.4 

- 

4.2 

4.5 

4.3 

50,553 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

67 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

67 

2,839 

2,839 

54,295 

54,295 

- 

50,553 

(35,020) 

(35,020) 

- 

- 

67 

2,839 

383,416 

(141) 

11,500 

11,359 

150,348 

545,123 

Balance at  
30 June 2019 

Total profit and 
other 
comprehensive 
income for the year 

Issue of ordinary 
shares under 
institutional share 
placement 

Share purchase 
plan 

Share issue costs 
(net of tax benefit) 

Treasury shares 
transferred to 
contributed equity 

Dividends paid 

Share-based 
payments 

Balance at  
30 June 2020 

Total profit and 
other 
comprehensive 
income for the year 

Issue of ordinary 
shares as part of 
business 
acquisition 

Dividends paid 

Movements in 
foreign currency 

Share-based 
payments 

Balance at  
30 June 2021 

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

42

42 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF  
CASH FLOWS
CASH FLOWS 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

For the Year Ended 30 June 2021 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Receipts from customers 

Payments to suppliers and employees 

Interest paid 

Interest received 

Income tax paid 

Net cash flow from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment 

Proceeds from Associates 

Acquisition of Gascoyne shares 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition of intangible assets 

Payment for subsidiary 

Net cash used in investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds from issues of equity instruments of the Company 

Payment for share issue costs 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings  

Repayment of lease debt 

Payment of dividends to shareholders 

Net cash (used in) / from financing activities 

NET (DECREASE) / INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

Consolidated 

Notes 

2021 

$’000 

2020 

$’000 

2.5 

2.5 

5.1 

3.5 

3.4 

3.3 

3.6 

7.5 

5.3 

5.3 

5.4 

4.5 

2,363,455 

2,120,573 

(2,202,685) 

(1,892,067) 

(13,676) 

(13,310) 

344 

- 

506 

- 

147,438 

215,702 

4,214 

1,812 

(4,312) 

(77,895) 

(703) 

(44,796) 

(121,680) 

- 

- 

83,197 

(82,092) 

(15,523) 

(35,020) 

(49,438) 

(23,680) 

170,229 

146,549 

1,377 

- 

- 

(82,622) 

- 

(111,759) 

(193,004) 

130,000 

(4,694) 

68,469 

(82,434) 

(10,552) 

(18,289) 

82,500 

105,198 

65,031 

170,229 

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2020  |   Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

43 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Notes to Financial Statements 

1  GENERAL NOTES 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

NRW Holdings Limited is a public company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange which is incorporated 
and  domiciled  in  Australia.  The  address  of  the  Company’s  registered  office  is  181  Great  Eastern  Highway, 
Belmont, Western Australia.  The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended 30 June 
2021 comprises the Company and its subsidiaries together referred to as the Group. The Group is primarily 
involved in the provision of diversified contract services to the resources and infrastructure sectors in Australia.  

BASIS OF PREPARATION 

This section sets out the basis of preparation and the Group accounting policies that relate to the consolidated 
financial statements as a whole. Significant and other accounting policies that summarise the measurement 
basis used and are relevant to an understanding of the financial statements are provided throughout the notes 
to the financial statements to which it relates. 

The financial report is a general purpose financial report which: 

•  Has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AASBs), including Australian 
Accounting  Interpretations  adopted  by  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  and  the 
Corporations  Act  2001.  The  financial  report  of  the  Group  also  complies  with  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and Interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB); 

•  Has been prepared on the basis of historical cost except for the revaluation of financial instruments. 
Historical cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services; 
Is presented in Australian dollars (AUD); 
Is  rounded  to  the  nearest  thousand  ($000),  unless  otherwise  stated,  in  accordance  with  ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191;  

• 
• 

•  Adopts  all  new  and  amended  Accounting  Standards  and  Interpretations  issued  by  the  Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (the AASB) that are relevant to the operations of the Group and effective 
for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2020. Refer to note 1.4 for further details; 

•  Does not early adopt any Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have been issued or amended 

but are not yet effective. Refer to note 1.4 for further details; and 

•  Has applied the Group accounting policies consistently to all periods presented. 

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 19 August 2021. 

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  entities  
controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company: 

•  Has power over the investee; 
• 
•  Has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. 

Is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and 

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there 
are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.  

44

44 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

1.3  

  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION CONTINUED 

When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers that it has power 
over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities 
of the investee unilaterally. The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether 
or not the Company’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including: 

•  The size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the 

other vote holders; 

•  Potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties; 
•  Rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
•  Any  additional  facts  and  circumstances  that  indicate  that  the  Company  has,  or  does  not  have,  the 
current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting 
patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings. 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when 
the Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or 
disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income  from  the  date  the  Company  gains  control  until  the  date  when  the  Company  ceases  to  control  the 
subsidiary. 

Where  necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  to  bring  the  accounting 
policies used in line with the Group’s accounting policies. 

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to material transactions 
between members of the Group are eliminated on consolidation. 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 

The  Group  has  adopted  all  the  new  and  revised  Standards  and  Interpretations  issued  by  the  Australian 
Accounting  Standards  Board  (the  AASB)  that  are  relevant  to  their  operations  and  effective  for  the  current 
financial year: 

Standard/Interpretation 

Definition of a Business 

AASB 2018-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards (AASB 3) 

Definition of Material 

AASB 2018-7 Amendment to Australian Accounting Standards (AASB 1 and AASB 8) 

Conceptual Framework for 
Financial Reporting 

AASB 2019 -1 Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in AASB Standard 

OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Significant and other accounting policies that summarise the measurement basis used and are relevant to an 
understanding of the financial statements are provided throughout the notes to the financial statements. 

ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES 

In  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies,  which  are  described  throughout  the  notes  to  the  financial 
statements, management are required to make judgements (other than those involving estimations) that have 
a significant impact on the amounts recognised and to make estimates and assumptions about the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are considered to be reasonable 
under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. 

The  estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Revisions  to  accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised: 

• 
• 

If the revision affects only that period; or 
In the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 

Throughout  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  further  information  is  provided  about  key  judgements  and 
estimates that we consider material to the financial statements. 

45

45 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

2  BUSINESS PERFORMANCE 

SEGMENT REPORTING 

NRW is comprised of three reportable segments, Civil, Mining and Minerals, Energy & Technologies. Business 
activities are conducted primarily in Australia, with some operations in Canada and the USA. 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenues and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components 
of the Group), whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(the  Board  of  Directors)  to  make  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its 
performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.  

In previous reports, the results of Drill and Blast (Action Drill & Blast) have been separately reported. The relative 
size  of  the  Action  Drill  &  Blast  business  in  comparison  to  the  other  three  segments  and  the  increased 
dependency  on  work  from  the  Civil  and  Mining  segments  were  the  main  factors  which  were  considered  in 
making this change. Comparative segment information for prior periods has been provided within Appendix A 
of the financial statements.  

Significant Business Acquisition 

On 17 February 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of Primero Group Limited (Primero). The Primero 
business has been integrated into the Minerals, Energy & Technologies (MET) segment. For further details on 
the acquisition of the Primero Group refer to note 7.5. 

Reportable Segments 

NRW  has  structured  its  business  reporting  into  three  segments,  Civil,  Mining,  and  Minerals,  Energy  
& Technologies.  

•  Civil:  The  Civil  business  specialises  in  the  delivery  of  private  and  public  civil  infrastructure  projects, 
mine  development,  bulk  earthworks  and  commercial  and  residential  subdivisions.  Civil  construction 
projects  include  roads,  bridges,  tailings  storage  facilities,  rail  formation,  ports,  renewable  energy  
projects, water infrastructure and concrete installations. 

•  Mining: The Mining business specialises in mine management, contract mining, load and haul, dragline 
operations, drill and blast, coal handling prep plants, maintenance services and the fabrication of water 
and service vehicles. 

•  Minerals,  Energy  &  Technologies:  The  Minerals,  Energy  &  Technologies  business  incudes  RCR 
Mining Technologies which is a leading original equipment manufacturer (OEM) that offers innovative 
materials handling design capability, DIAB Engineering which has proven capabilities in the metals and 
mining  industry  and  provides  specialist  maintenance  (shutdown  services  and  onsite  maintenance), 
industrial  engineering  and  fabrication  services  and  Primero  acquired  in  February  2021.  Primero 
provides a full engineering procurement construction capability that operates in the Mineral Processing, 
Energy and Non-Process Infrastructure market segments. 

Segment results include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a 
reasonable  basis.  Unallocated  items  comprise  predominantly  corporate  expenses.  Inter-segment  pricing  is 
determined on an arm’s length basis. 

46

46 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

2.1 

  SEGMENT REPORTING CONTINUED 

Reportable Segment Revenues and Results 

2021 
$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

726,514 

1,177,240 

426,907 

(30,053) 

2,300,608 

Revenue from associates 

(79,129) 

- 

- 

- 

(79,129) 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles(5)   

Non-recurring transactions(6) 

Net interest 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

647,385 

1,177,240 

426,907 

(30,053) 

2,221,479 

28,600 

3.9% 

(5,739) 

22,861 

3.1% 

212,769 

18.1% 

(128,888) 

83,881 

7.1% 

42,104 

9.9% 

(8,547) 

33,557 

7.9% 

(16,738) 

266,735 

- 

11.6% 

(2,916) 

(146,090) 

(19,654) 

120,645 

- 

5.2% 

(20,207) 

(11,216) 

(13,332) 

75,890 

(21,595) 

54,295 

2020 
$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

820,097 

1,059,714 

187,167 

(4,532) 

2,062,446 

Revenue from associates 

(58,084) 

- 

- 

762,013 

1,059,714 

187,167 

34,386 

4.2% 

(7,917) 

26,469 

3.2% 

201,809 

19.0% 

(91,508) 

110,301 

10.4% 

22,384 

12.0% 

(6,532) 

15,852 

8.5% 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles(5)  

Non-recurring transactions(6) 

Net interest 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

- 

(4,532) 

(8,555) 

- 

(58,084) 

2,004,362 

250,024 

12.1% 

(3,124) 

(109,081) 

(11,679) 

140,943 

- 

6.8% 

(13,000) 

(14,921) 

(12,804) 

100,218 

(26,469) 

73,749 

Includes depreciation, and amortisation of software. 

(1)  Revenue including our share of revenue earned by our associates and joint ventures.  
(2)  EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(3) 
(4)  EBITA is earnings before interest, tax, and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(5)  Amortisation of intangibles as part of business acquisitions.  
(6)  Non-recurring transactions include Altura impairment, Gascoyne writeback and Primero transaction costs (FY21) and costs associated 

with the acquisition of BGC Contracting (FY20). 

47

47 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

2.1  

  SEGMENT REPORTING CONTINUED  

Segment Assets and Liabilities 

Segment Assets 

Segment Liabilities 

2021 

$’000 

89,950 

760,019 

273,571 

178,072 

2020 

$’000 

202,757 

733,726 

106,066 

200,514 

1,301,612 

1,243,063 

2021 

$’000 

123,065 

357,058 

160,533 

115,833 

756,489 

2020 

$’000 

194,959 

430,143 

63,041 

82,531 

770,674 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Unallocated  

Consolidated 

Information About Major Customers   

Included in the revenues arising from sales of the reportable segments are approximate revenues to arise from 
the sales to the Group’s largest customers.  

These are summarised by segment below for the year end 30 June 2021: 

Major customer 1 

Major customer 2 

Total  

Civil 

$’000 

215,363 

195,470 

410,833 

Mining 

$’000 

96,101 

12,745 

108,846 

MET 

$’000 

208,447 

149,085 

357,532 

These are summarised by segment below for the comparative year end 30 June 2020: 

Civil 

$’000 

239,871 

169,178 

- 

409,049 

Mining 

$’000 

36,509 

14,310 

214,667 

265,486 

MET 

$’000 

13,819 

32,346 

- 

46,165 

Major customer 1 

Major customer 2 

Major customer 3 

Total  

REVENUE 

Total 

$’000 

519,911 

357,300 

877,211 

Total 

$’000 

290,199 

215,834 

214,667 

720,700 

Revenue - group and equity accounted joint ventures(1) 

Equity accounted investments in associates 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

2,300,608 

(79,129) 

2,221,479 

2020 

$’000 

2,062,446 

(58,084) 

2,004,362 

(1)  The Group defines aggregated revenue as revenue and income calculated in accordance with relevant accounting standards plus our 

share of revenue earned by our associates and joint ventures.  

48

48 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

2.2 

  REVENUE CONTINUED 

(i)  Construction Contracts 

Revenues from construction contracts are recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the contract 
activity. Measurement is based on the proportion of contract costs incurred for work performed to date relative 
to the estimate total contract costs, except where this would not be representative of the stage of completion.  

The  Directors  consider  that  this  input  method  is  an  appropriate  measure  of  the  progress  towards  complete 
satisfaction of performance obligations under AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

The Group becomes entitled to invoice customers for construction contracts based on achieving a series of 
performance-related  milestones.  When  a  particular  milestone  is  reached  the  customer  is  sent  a  relevant 
statement of work signed by a third party assessor and an invoice for the related milestone payment. The Group 
will previously have recognised a contract asset for any work performed. Any amount previously recognised as 
a contract asset is reclassified to trade receivables at the point at which it is invoiced to the customer. If the 
milestone  payment  exceeds  the  revenue  recognised  to  date  under  the  cost-to-cost  method  then  the  Group 
recognises a contract liability for the difference.  

(ii)  Service Contracts 

Revenue from service contracts is recognised on the basis of the value of work completed. Customer contracts 
are generally based on schedule of rates for each of the activities performed which identify value for the work 
performed and hence the value of revenue to be recognised. 

Revenue for preventative maintenance contracts is recognised progressively over the contract term. 

Transaction Price and Contract Modifications 

The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to under the 
customer contract and which is used to value total revenue and is allocated to each performance obligation. 
The  determination  of  this  amount  includes  both  ‘fixed  consideration’,  (for  example  the  agreed  lump  sum, 
aggregated schedule of rates or pricing for services) and ‘variable consideration’. 

The  main  variable  consideration  elements  are  claims  (contract  modifications)  and  consideration  for  optional 
works and provisional sums, each of which need to be assessed. Contract modifications are changes to the 
contract approved by the parties to the contract. When determining whether approval has been granted by the 
parties to the contract, the Group takes into consideration factors including, but not limited to, contract terms, 
customary business practices, the status of the negotiation process, the ability to enforce the other party and 
expert legal opinion. 

A contract modification may exist even though the parties to the contract may not have finalised the scope or 
price  (or  both)  of  the  modification.  Contract  modifications  may  include  a  claim,  which  is  an  amount  that  the 
contractor seeks to collect as reimbursement for costs incurred (and/or to be incurred) due to reasons or events 
that could not be foreseen and are not attributable to the contractor, for more work performed (and/or to be 
performed) or variations that were not formalised in the contract scope.  

The right to income from a contract modification shall be provided to the extent the agreement with the customer 
creates enforceable rights and obligations. Once the enforceable right has been identified, the Group applies 
the guidance given in AASB 15 in relation to variable consideration. This requires an assessment that it is highly 
probable that there will not be a significant reversal of this revenue in the future. 

Costs to Obtain and Fulfil a Contract 

Costs  incurred  during  the  tender/bid  process  are  expensed,  unless  they  are  incremental  to  obtaining  the 
contract and the Group expects to recover those costs or where they are explicitly chargeable to the customer 
regardless of whether the contract is obtained. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs 
that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not 
been obtained. 

Financing Components 

The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods 
or services to the customer represents a financing component. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust 
any of the transaction prices for the time value of money. 

49

49 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

2.2  

  REVENUE CONTINUED 

Warranties 

Generally, construction and services contracts include defect and warranty periods following completion of the 
project. These obligations are not deemed to be separate performance obligations and therefore estimated and 
included in the total costs of the contracts. Where required, amounts are recognised accordingly in line with 
AASB 137: Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. Refer to note 3.10 for further details. 

Key Judgements and Estimates  

Stage of completion 

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of 
total estimated costs. Key assumptions regarding costs to complete include estimations of labour, technical 
costs, impact of delays and productivity. These estimates are performed by qualified professionals within the 
project teams. 

Variable consideration 

The measurement of the additional consideration arising from claims is subject to a high level of uncertainty, 
both in terms of the amounts that the customer will pay and the collection times, which usually depend on 
the outcome of negotiations between the parties or decisions taken by judicial/arbitration bodies. The Group 
considers all the relevant aspects and circumstances such as the contract terms, business and negotiating 
practices of the sector, the Group’s historical experiences with similar contracts and consideration of those 
factors  that  affect  the  variable  consideration  that  are  out  of  the  control  of  the  Group  or  other  supporting 
evidence when making the above decision. 

The  estimate  of  variable  consideration  can  only  be  recognised  to  the  extent  it  is  highly  probable  that  a 
significant revenue reversal will not occur in future. As at 30 June 2021, the Group has recognised revenue 
of $68.0 million (2020: $39.5 million) from unapproved claims based on the relative stage of completion. 

Remaining Performance Obligations (Work in Hand) 

The  transaction  price  allocated  to  remaining  performance  obligations  (unsatisfied  or  partially  satisfied)  at  
30 June 2021 are set out below.  

Civil 

Mining  

MET 

Total 

Within one year 

More than one year 

Total 

Consolidated 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

518,413 

2,488,859 

341,308 

3,348,580 

2021 

$’000 

1,560,297 

1,788,283 

3,348,580 

2020 

$’000 

476,706 

2,483,023 

79,880 

3,039,609 

2020 

$’000 

1,752,699 

1,286,910 

3,039,609 

NRW’s contracts in its operating sectors have varying lengths. The average duration of contracts is given below. 
Revenue is typically earned over these varying timeframes. 

•  Construction  
•  Contract mining       
•  Mineral processing equipment 
•  Maintenance services 

1-2 years 
1-6 years 
1-2 years 
1-5 years 

50

50 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

OTHER INCOME 

Gascoyne Resources 

Lease income 

All other income 

Total 

Gascoyne 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

12,437 

382 

1,893 

14,712 

2020 

$’000 

- 

311 

- 

311  

The recapitalisation of Gascoyne Resources (GCY) was finalised in October 2020. As part of the recapitalisation 
structure NRW negotiated recovery of pre-administration amounts owed in the form a cash payment, issue of 
GCY shares and a structure to recover the balance of amounts owed through successful gold production (refer 
to note 3.4 for further details). 

Lease Income 

Includes income from sub-leasing plant and machinery. Under AASB 16, the Group classifies particular sub-
leases  as  a  finance  lease  because  the  sub-lease  contracts  are  for  the  whole  of  the  remaining  term  of  the 
underlying  life  of  the  plant.  The  Group  has  recognised  a  lease  receivable,  showing  the  undiscounted  lease 
payments to be received after the reporting date. 

OTHER EXPENSES 

Consolidated 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE 

Wages and salaries 

Superannuation contributions 

Share based payments  

Total 

DEPRECIATION & AMORTISATION 

Depreciation of non-current assets (note 3.3) 

Amortisation of intangibles (note 3.6) 

Amortisation of capitalised contract costs 

Total 

OTHER EXPENSES 

Insurance 

Professional services 

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Non-recurring transactions – Altura Mining 

All other expenses 

Total 

2021 

$’000 

(667,893) 

(49,398) 

(2,839) 

(720,130) 

(144,704) 

(20,584) 

(1,009) 

(166,297) 

(14,207) 

(1,440) 

(366) 

(19,057) 

(11,942) 

(47,012) 

2020 

$’000 

(527,207) 

(41,323) 

(1,653) 

(570,183) 

(108,802) 

(13,279) 

- 

(122,081) 

(9,862) 

(2,826) 

(1,477) 

- 

(8,691) 

(22,856)  

51 

51

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

NET FINANCE EXPENSES 

Interest income 

Total finance income 

Interest expense on financial debt 

Interest expense on lease debt 

Total finance expenses 

Net finance expense 

Interest Income 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

344 

344 

(10,059) 

(3,617) 

(13,676) 

(13,332) 

2020 

$’000 

506 

506 

(9,889) 

(3,421) 

(13,310) 

(12,804) 

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal amount outstanding and at the effective 
interest rate applicable, which is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life 
of the financial asset of that asset’s net carrying amount. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense is recognised using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of 
calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. 
The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life 
of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition. 

3  BALANCE SHEET 

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables 

Contract assets 

Total contract debtors 

Other receivables 

Loans to associates 

Total trade and other receivables 

Trade Receivables 

2021 

$’000 

181,606 

222,629 

404,235 

5,922 

2,420 

412,577 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

153,571 

210,060 

363,631 

5,863 

412 

369,906 

Trade receivables represent receivables in respect of which the Group’s right to consideration is unconditional 
subject only to the passage of time. Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value 
and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less an allowance for expected 
credit losses.  

The average credit period on trade receivables ranges from 30 to 75 days in most cases. In determining the 
recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group used the expected credit loss model as per AASB 9. The expected 
credit  loss  model  requires  the  Group  to  account  for  expected  credit  losses  at  each  reporting  date  to  reflect 
changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial assets. In other words, it is no longer necessary 
for a credit default to have occurred before credit losses are recognised. 

52

52 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

3.1 

  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES CONTINUED 

Contract Assets 

AASB 15 uses the terms ‘contract asset’ and ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known 
as ‘accrued revenue’ and ‘deferred revenue’. Contract assets represent the Group’s right to consideration for 
services provided to customers for which the Group’s right remains conditional on something other than the 
passage of time. Amounts are generally reclassified to trade receivables when contract performance obligations 
have been certified or invoiced to the customer. Contract liabilities arise where payment is received prior to work 
being performed. 

Age of Trade Receivables That are Past Due 

60-90 days 

90-120 days 

Total 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

361 

870 

1,231 

2021 

$’000 

48 

562 

610 

Past due is defined under AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures to mean any amount outstanding for one 
or more days after the contractual due date. Past due amounts relate to a number of trade receivable balances 
where  for  various  reasons  the  payment  terms  may  not  have  been  met.  The  expected  credit  losses  are 
immaterial. Refer to note 4.1 for further details. 

Key Judgements and Estimates 

Estimation of contract revenue (contract assets) 

Where performance obligations are satisfied over time,  revenue is recognised in the consolidated income 
statement  by  reference  to  the  progress  towards  complete  satisfaction  of  each  performance  obligation. 
Fundamental to this calculation is a reliable estimate of the transaction price, refer to note 2.2 for judgements 
applied in determining the amount of unbilled revenue to recognise. 

INVENTORIES 

Raw materials and consumables 

Work in progress 

Total inventories 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

47,507 

9,548 

57,055 

2020(1) 

$’000 

50,629 

6,729 

57,358 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. 

53

53 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Land 

Buildings 

Leasehold 
improvements 

Plant and 
equipment 

PPE 
Total 

RoU 
buildings 

RoU  
plant and 
equipment 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

Lease 
assets 
(RoU) 
Total 

$’000 

3,218 

6,732 

1,680 

604,930 

616,560 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

63 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

36,301 

9,601 

45,902 

912 

227,633 

228,545 

4,154 

1,348 

5,502 

- 

- 

- 

82,559 

82,622 

8,067 

11,672 

19,739 

(31,816) 

(31,816) 

- 

- 

- 

(482) 

(18) 

- 

(18) 

(482) 

3,218 

6,795 

2,592 

883,306 

895,911 

48,040 

22,603 

70,643 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

281 

- 

- 

940 

- 

294 

- 

- 

7,559 

8,499 

(377) 

(377) 

- 

- 

77,320 

77,895 

4,897 

2,466 

2,466 

- 

943 

- 

5,840 

(31,082) 

(31,082) 

(1,150) 

(1,928)  

(3,078)  

(112,151) 

(112,151) 

- 

- 

- 

3,218 

7,076 

3,826 

824,575 

838,695 

51,787 

24,084 

75,871 

1,000 

5,495 

1,508 

368,630 

376,633 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

190 

- 

27 

- 

96,202 

96,419 

6,469 

5,914 

12,383 

(28,966) 

(28,966) 

- 

(16) 

(16) 

1,000 

5,685 

1,535 

435,866 

444,086 

6,469 

5,898 

12,367 

- 

- 

- 

- 

200 

86 

129,148 

129,434 

6,415 

9,047 

15,462 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(192) 

(192) 

- 

(26,502) 

(26,502) 

(26) 

(29,539) 

(29,539) 

- 

- 

(95) 

- 

- 

(121) 

- 

1,000 

5,885 

1,621 

508,781 

517,287 

12,858 

14,850 

27,708 

COST 

Balance as at  
30 June 2019 

Adoption of AASB16 

Acquisitions through 
business 
combinations  
(note 7.5) 

Additions 

Disposals 

Impairment 

Balance as at  
30 June 2020(1) 
Acquisitions through 
business 
combinations  
(note 7.5) 

Transfer to intangibles 

Additions  

Disposals 

Assets held for sale 

Balance as at  
30 June 2021 

DEPRECIATION 

Balance as at  
30 June 2019 

Depreciation expense 

Disposals 

Balance as at  
30 June 2020 

Depreciation expense 

Transfer to intangibles 

Disposals 

Assets held for sale 

Balance as at  
30 June 2021 

CARRYING VALUES 

At 30 June 2020 

2,218 

1,110 

At 30 June 2021 

2,218 

1,191 

1,057 

2,205 

447,440 

451,825 

41,571 

16,705 

58,276 

315,794 

321,408 

38,929 

9,234 

48,163 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

54

54 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

3.3 

  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED 

Recognition and Measurement 

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment. All property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is depreciated or amortised at rates 
appropriate to the estimated useful life of the assets or in the case of certain leased plant and equipment, the 
shorter lease term or hours (usage) reflecting the effective lives. The normal expected useful lives bands are: 

Buildings 

Leasehold improvements 

Major plant and equipment 

Minor plant and equipment 

Office equipment 

Furniture and fittings 

Motor vehicles 

4 to 40 years 

2 to 7 years 

5 to 10 years (normally based on machine hours) 

1.5 to 10 years 

2 to 8 years 

2 to 5 years 

3 to 7 years 

The bands provide a range of effective lives regardless of methodology used in the depreciation process (either 
machine hours, or straight line).  

Depreciation rates and methods are normally reviewed at least annually. Where depreciation rates or methods 
are changed, the net written down value of the asset is depreciated from the date of the change in accordance 
with the new depreciation rate or method. Depreciation recognised in prior financial years shall not be changed, 
that is, the change in depreciation rate or method shall be accounted for on a ‘prospective’ basis. An asset’s 
carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount. 

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits 
are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement 
of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss. 

Lease Assets (Right of Use Assets) 

The lease assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease debt, lease payments made at 
or  before  the  commencement  day,  less  any  lease  incentives  received  and  any  initial  direct  costs.  They  are 
subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 

Lease assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset (refer 
to normal expected useful lives bands for details). If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the 
cost of the lease asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise a purchase option, the related lease asset is 
depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of 
the lease. 

Key Judgements and Estimates 

Estimates of useful economic lives  

A  technical  assessment  of  the  operating  life  of  an  asset  requires  significant  judgement.  Useful  lives  are 
amended prospectively when a change in the operating life is determined. 

Lease vs ‘in substance’ sale or purchase 

When assessing the nature of a lease contract under AASB 16 Leases, the Group considers whether the 
contract transfers control of the underlying asset as opposed to conveying the right to control the use of the 
underlying asset for a period of time.  

If the lease contract is assessed to transfer control of the asset, the asset is treated as property, plant and 
equipment and is not considered a lease asset under AASB 16. 

If the lease contract is assessed not to transfer control of the asset, the contract is assessed against relevant 
criteria set out in AASB 16 and if it meets those criteria the asset is recognised as a lease asset. 

55

55 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

INVESTMENTS IN LISTED EQUITIES 

Investments at fair value through profit and loss  

Gascoyne Resources Limited (ASX: GCY) 

Barton Gold Limited (ASX: BGD) 

Other listed equities 

Total investments in listed equities 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

11,081 

1,496 

1,039 

13,616 

2020 

$’000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

All equity investments in scope of AASB 9 are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, with 
value changes recognised in profit or loss, except for those equity investments for which the entity has elected 
to present value changes in other comprehensive income. 

Gascoyne Resources 

Following  the  successful  recapitalisation  of  Gascoyne  Resources,  NRW  received  480  million  shares  in 
exchange  for  amounts  owed  pre-administration.  At  the  same  time,  86.2  million  of  pre-existing  shares  
were reinstated. 

In addition, NRW subscribed to 172.5 million shares under the entitlement offer bringing total NRW shareholding 
to 738.7 million pre-share consolidation, 36.9 million shares post share consolidation (on 22 September 2020 
GCY announced a 20:1 share consolidation). 

The investment in Gascoyne Resources is accounted for at fair value through profit and loss and has been 
valued at 30 cents per share at 30 June 2021. 

Gascoyne Recapitalisation Reconciliation 

The  following  table  summarises  the  impairment  recognised  in  the  financial  year  30  June  2019,  following 
Gascoyne Resources entering Voluntary Administration in June 2019, together with the corresponding effect 
on these financial statements of the recovery of amounts following the successful recapitalisation of Gascoyne 
Resources in October 2020. 

Loss Recognised 

30 June 
2019 

$’000 

GCY Recapitalisation  
30 June 2021 

Recover 

P&L 

Equity 
Invest. 

Operating 
Cash 
Flow 

Investing 
Cash 
Flow 

Non Cash 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

Secured loans 

(10,000) 

Equity settlement of 
secured loan 

12,000 

12,000 

12,000 

Listed shares 

(4,312) 

Relisting shares 

2,156 

2,156 

2,156 

Trade debtors 

(19,211) 

Cash settlement  
(excl. GST) 

6,364 

6,364 

Future entitlement 

15,780(1) 

804 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,364 

804 

Total 

(33,523) 

Subtotal 

36,300 

21,324 

14,156 

7,168 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12,000 

2,156 

- 

- 

14,156 

Subscription for new 
share (2:1 rights 
entitlement) 

Remeasurement of GCY 
equity FVTPL(2) 

Related costs 

Total 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4,312 

(7,387) 

(7,387) 

- 

- 

(1,500) 

- 

(1,500) 

(4,312) 

- 

- 

- 

(7,387) 

- 

12,437(3) 

11,081 

5,668 

(4,312)(4) 

6,769(5) 

(1)   NRW  negotiated  a  structure  to  recover  the  balance  of  amounts  owed  through  successful  gold  production.  Amounts  have  since  been 

received in FY21. 

(2)  Fair value through profit and loss. 
(3)  Disclosed as Other Income in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss. 
(4)  Disclosed as an Investing Activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. 
(5)  Disclosed as adjustment to working capital in note 5.1. 

56

56 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES 

Interest in Associates: 

Salini Impregilo NRW Joint Venture 

Southwest Connex Alliance  

Hepburn to Hodges Joint Venture 

NewGen Drilling Pty Ltd 

Consolidated 

2021 

20% 

40% 

50% 

20% 

Reconciliation and Movement in the Group’s Carrying Value of its Investments: 

Opening balance of investment in associates 

Share of profit/(loss) from equity accounted investments 

Distributions received from associates 

Closing balance of investment in associates 

Consolidated  

2021 

$’000 

2,610 

1,435 

(1,812) 

2,233 

2020 

20% 

- 

- 

20% 

2020 

$’000 

2,652 

(42) 

- 

2,610 

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are 
accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-
acquisition changes in the Group’s share of the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.  

The requirements of AASB 136 are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment 
loss with respect to the Group’s investment in an associate. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the 
investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with AASB 136 Impairment of Assets as 
a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal) 
with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. 
Any  reversal  of  that  impairment  loss  is  recognised  in  accordance  with  AASB  136  to  the  extent  that  the 
recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases. 

Key Judgements and Estimates 

Determination of control 

The Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Company’s 
voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it control, including: 

•  The size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of 

the other vote holders; 

•  Potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties; 
•  Rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
•  Any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the 
current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including 
voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings. 

57

57 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Software and 
System 
Development 

Patent 
Technology 

Brand 
Names 

Customer 
Relationships 

Total 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

COST 

Balance as at 30 June 2019 

21,142 

9,460 

11,638 

24,210 

Assets recognised on business combinations (note 7.5) 

- 

- 

2,291 

21,208 

66,450 

23,499 

Balance as at 30 June 2020 

21,142 

9,460 

13,929 

45,418 

89,949 

Transferred from property, plant and equipment 

Additions 

Disposals 

Assets recognised on business combinations (note 7.5) 

377 

703 

(9,029) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

377 

703 

(9,029) 

4,038 

25,628 

29,666 

Balance as at 30 June 2021 

13,193 

9,460 

17,967 

71,046 

111,666 

AMORTISATION 

Balance as at 30 June 2019 

Amortisation expense (note 2.4) 

Balance as at 30 June 2020 

Transferred from property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation expense (note 2.4) 

Disposals 

Balance as at 30 June 2021 

CARRYING VALUES 

At 30 June 2020 

At 30 June 2021 

20,863 

279 

21,142 

192 

185 

(9,029) 

12,490 

- 

703 

2,353 

3,601 

5,954 

- 

3,506 

- 

9,460 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

19,493 

9,399 

42,709 

13,279 

28,892 

55,988 

- 

192 

16,701 

20,392 

- 

(9,029) 

45,593 

67,543 

3,506 

13,929 

16,526 

33,961 

- 

17,967 

25,453 

44,123 

Intangible Assets Acquired in a Business Combination 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are recognised 
initially at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their deemed cost). 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Software and System Development 

Software  is  recognised  at  cost  of  acquisition.  Software  has  a  finite  life  and  is  carried  at  cost  less  any 
accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. Software is amortised over its useful life ranging from 
two to five years. 

Patent Technology 

Patents are initially recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their deemed 
cost). Patents have a finite life and are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any impairment 
losses. They are amortised over their useful life of up to five years. 

Brand Names 

Brand names recognised by the Group have an indefinite useful life and are not amortised. Each period, the 
useful  life  of  this  asset  is  reviewed  to  determine  whether  events  and  circumstances  continue  to  support  an 
indefinite useful life assessment for the asset. Such assets are tested for impairment at least annually or more 
frequently whenever there is the presence of other indicators of impairment. 

58

58 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

3.6  

  INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED 

Customer Relationships 

Customer relationships are initially recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as 
their  deemed  cost).  Customer  relationships  have  a  finite  life  and  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 
amortisation and any impairment losses. They are amortised over their useful life of up to five years. 

GOODWILL  

Balance at beginning of the period 

Amounts recognised from business combinations occurring during the period (note 7.5) 

Balance at end of the period 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

Consolidated  

2021 

$’000 

85,036 

77,945 

162,981 

2020(1) 

$’000 

40,103 

44,933 

85,036 

Goodwill arising on an acquisition of a business is carried at cost established at the date of the acquisition of 
the  business  less  accumulated  impairment  losses,  if  any.  Goodwill  is  not  amortised,  but  it  is  tested  for 
impairment annually or more frequently if there is an indication that it might be impaired.  

Goodwill is attributable to Cash Generating Units (CGU) aggregated in the following reporting segments whose 
results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker: 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Balance at end of the period 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

2021 

$’000 

18,513 

59,858 

84,610 

162,981 

2020(1) 

$’000 

18,513 

59,858 

6,665 

85,036 

If  the  recoverable  amount  of  a  CGU  to  which  goodwill  is  allocated  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  the 
impairment  loss  is  allocated  first  to  goodwill  and  then  to  the  identifiable  assets  on  a  pro  rata  basis.  Any 
impairment loss for goodwill is recognised directly in profit or loss. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill 
cannot be reversed in subsequent periods. On disposal of the relevant CGU, the attributable amount of goodwill 
is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. 

Impairment of Assets 

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets 
to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss.  

The determination of the existence of impairment indicators requires a degree of management judgement. If 
any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of 
the impairment loss (if any). When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, 
the Group estimates the recoverable amount of a CGU to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and 
consistent  basis  of  allocation  can  be  identified,  corporate  assets  are  also  allocated  to  individual  CGU’s,  or 
otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of CGU’s for which a reasonable and consistent allocation 
basis can be identified. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, intangible assets not yet available for use, and goodwill are tested 
for impairment at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which estimates 
of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its’ carrying amount, the carrying 
amount of the asset (or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount.  

59

59 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

3.7 

  GOODWILL CONTINUED 

An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued 
amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease. 

The Company undertook formal impairment testing for those obligatory CGU’s to which Goodwill and indefinite-
life Intangibles are allocated, and those where the Company determined the existence of impairment indicators.  

The Group has prepared five year discounted cash flow forecasts, and extrapolated the cash flows beyond the 
terminal year using a terminal growth-rate.  

The Group has paid particular attention to those indicators impacted by the global COVID-19 pandemic. We 
have considered the effect of the pandemic on our clients activities which may include changes to long-term 
commodity  prices,  awards  of  new  contracts,  deferrals  of  existing  contracts,  disruptions  to  supply  chain  and 
disruptions to existing operations. To date, most of the Group’s operations were classified as essential services 
and have continued materially unaffected. The management team continue to monitor and manage the impacts 
and risks arising from the global pandemic, and at the time of compiling future cash flows there were no known 
detrimental changes.   

Key areas of management judgement required in this assessment include: 

Value in Use Assumptions and Key Estimates 

Sales and earnings growth 

The five year cash flow estimates used in assessments for all CGU’s were based on Board approved budgets 
for the year ending 30 June 2022 adjusted for material known transactions. Growth assumptions thereafter 
are 2.5% (2020: 3%) per annum for each future year. The terminal value assumes perpetual growth of 2.5% 
(2020: 0%). Growth rates do not exceed historical averages. 

Discount rate 

A pre-tax discount rate of 13.3% (2020: 13.3%) which includes a risk margin was applied to the cash flows 
within each of the CGU’s. 

Working capital and capital expenditure 

Working capital has been adjusted to return to, and continue to reflect, what management estimate to be 
normal operating levels in order to continue to support the underlying businesses.  

Capital  expenditure  forecasts  were  based  on  the  various  strategic  business  plans  and  those  levels 
considered appropriate to sustain current growth projections above current level of operating activities.  

The Company was satisfied that the recoverable values were sufficiently in excess of their carrying values at 
reporting date. This conclusion was supported having applied a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions 
used in determining the recoverable values. 

Sensitivity Analysis 

Short-term assumptions 

The Company simulated several scenarios to sensitise future cash flows for different outcomes associated 
with  the  short-term  COVID-19  risks  identified  in  assessing  indicators  of  potential  impairment,  highlighted 
above. These included the net future cash flow impacts of: 

•  An absolute, or timing delay, for disruptions at a current client’s operations; or 
•  A non-award, or delay to an award, of future contracts. 

Long-term assumptions 

In addition, the Company undertook sensitivity analysis with regard to the longer term drivers of future cash 
flow relating to: 

•  Future years’ growth rate assumption adjusted to a range of 0%-2.5% growth per annum; and  
•  Pre-tax discount rate assumption increased from 13.3% to as high as 20.0%, representing the higher 
degree of risk to returns  through an extended period of higher global uncertainty related to events 
like an extended pandemic (COVID-19) or similar global event. 

Each of these sensitivities were performed in isolation of each other and did not result in recoverable values 
to be lower than the carrying values of the CGUs as at 30 June 2021. 

60

60 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (BCO), part of the 
The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (BCO), part of the 
Idemitsu Group, agreed to acquire the majority of the major mining equipment of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
Idemitsu Group, agreed to acquire the majority of the major mining equipment of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of NRW) that is engaged under the Maintenance Services and Hire Agreement at 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of NRW) that is engaged under the Maintenance Services and Hire Agreement at 
the Boggabri Coal Mine. Accordingly, relevant assets have been presented as held for sale.  
the Boggabri Coal Mine. Accordingly, relevant assets have been presented as held for sale.  
No  impairment  loss  was  recognised  on  the  reclassification  of  the  plant  and  equipment  given  the  fair  value 
No  impairment  loss  was  recognised  on  the  reclassification  of  the  plant  and  equipment  given  the  fair  value 
estimates (based on recent market prices) less costs to sell are higher than the carrying amount.  
estimates (based on recent market prices) less costs to sell are higher than the carrying amount.  
Assets held for sale and associated liabilities: 
Assets held for sale and associated liabilities: 

Current assets 
Current assets 
Plant and equipment held for sale 
Plant and equipment held for sale 
Current liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Financial debt 
Financial debt 
Non-current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Financial debt 
Financial debt 
Total liabilities 
Total liabilities 

2021 
2021 
$’000 
$’000 

82,612 
82,612 

18,220 
18,220 

46,961 
46,961 
65,181 
65,181 

Key Judgements and Estimates 
Key Judgements and Estimates 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell. 
less costs to sell. 
Non-current  assets  and  disposal  groups  are  classified  as  held  for  sale  if  their  carrying  amount  will  be 
Non-current  assets  and  disposal  groups  are  classified  as  held  for  sale  if  their  carrying  amount  will  be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met 
only when the sale is highly probable and the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
only when the sale is highly probable and the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
Management  must  be  committed  to  the  sale  which  should  be  expected  to  qualify  for  recognition  as  a 
Management  must  be  committed  to  the  sale  which  should  be  expected  to  qualify  for  recognition  as  a 
completed sale within one year from the date of classification. 
completed sale within one year from the date of classification. 

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

CURRENT PAYABLES 
CURRENT PAYABLES 
Trade payables 
Trade payables 
Goods and service tax 
Goods and service tax 
Other payables  
Other payables  
Accruals 
Accruals 
Total trade and other payables 
Total trade and other payables 

Consolidated 
Consolidated 

2020 
2020 
$’000 
$’000 

142,944 
142,944 
6,360 
6,360 
23,495 
23,495 
158,843 
158,843 
331,642 
331,642 

2021 
2021 
$’000 
$’000 

176,794 
176,794 
18,559 
18,559 
23,299 
23,299 
112,103 
112,103 
330,755 
330,755 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial 
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial 
year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 75 days of recognition. 
year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 75 days of recognition. 
Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from 
Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from 
the reporting date. 
the reporting date. 
The  Group  has  financial  risk  management  policies  in  place  to  ensure  that  all  payables  are  paid  within  
The  Group  has  financial  risk  management  policies  in  place  to  ensure  that  all  payables  are  paid  within  
pre-agreed credit terms. All payables are expected to be settled within the next 12 months. 
pre-agreed credit terms. All payables are expected to be settled within the next 12 months. 

61 
61 

61

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

  PROVISIONS 

Current provisions  

Non-current provisions  

Total balance as at 30 June 2020(1) 

Current provisions 

Non-current provisions 

Total balance as at 30 June 2021 

Consolidated 

Onerous 
Contracts 

Warranty 
& Other 

Employee 
Benefits 

$’000 

42,564 

811 

43,375 

3,475 

1,608 

5,083 

$’000 

3,049 

222 

3,271 

1,671 

123 

1,794 

$’000 

64,829 

16,838 

81,667 

66,820 

18,939 

85,759 

Total 

$’000 

110,442 

17,871 

128,313 

71,966 

20,670 

92,636 

(1)  Restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting Purchase Price Accounting – refer to note 7.5. 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past 
event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration 
required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and 
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle 
the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (where the effect of the time 
value of money is material). 

(i)  Onerous Contracts 

A  provision  is  made  for  the  difference  between  the  expected  cost  of  fulfilling  a  contract  and  the  expected 
unearned portion of the transaction price where the forecast costs are greater than the forecast revenue. The 
provision is recognised in full in the period in which loss making contracts are identified under AASB 137. 

(ii)  Warranties and Other 

Provisions  for  warranties  and  defect  claims  are  made  for  the  estimated  liability  on  all  products  still  under 
warranty at balance sheet date and known defects arising under service and construction contracts. 

(iii)  Employee Benefits 

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives 
recognised  in  respect  of  employees’  services  up  to  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  These  liabilities  are 
measured at the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs. 

Key Judgements and Estimates 

Onerous contracts 

These  provisions  have  been  calculated  based  on  management’s  best  estimate  of  discounted  net  cash 
outflows required to fulfil the contracts (where the effect of the time value of money is material). The status 
of these contracts and the adequacy of provisions are assessed at each reporting date. 

Warranties 

The provision is estimated having regard to previous claims experience. 

Long service leave 

Management  judgement  is  applied  in  determining  employee  entitlements  for  long  service  leave.  This 
determination considers future increases in wages and salaries, future on cost rates, employee departures 
and period of service. Expected future payments are discounted using the market yield at the reporting date 
on  Australian  corporate  bonds  with  terms  to  maturity  and  currencies  to  match,  as  close  as  possible,  the 
estimate future cash outflows. 

62

62 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4  CAPITAL STRUCTURE 

The Group manages its capital structure to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going 
concern while maximising returns to shareholders. 

Gearing Ratio 

The  Board  meets  regularly  to  determine  the  level  of  borrowings  and  shareholder  funding  required  to 
appropriately support business operations. The gearing ratio is a function of the capital structure, dividends and 
movements in debt.  The gearing ratio was calculated at 30 June 2021 as: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Net Debt 

Total equity 

Net Debt to Equity Ratio 

Pro forma(1) 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

163,980 

(196,727) 

(55,924) 

(88,671) 

545,123 

16.3% 

2021 

$’000 

146,549 

(261,908) 

(55,924) 

(171,283) 

545,123 

31.4% 

2020 

$’000 

170,229 

(244,795) 

(65,058) 

(139,624) 

472,389 

29.6% 

(1)  Pro forma includes the impact of the sale of the Boggabri mobile equipment. For more information refer note 7.7 of financial statements. 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT 

Capital Risk Management 

The  capital  structure  of  the  Group  comprises  of  debt  and  equity.    In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital 
structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
issue new shares or increase or decrease debt. 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that 
it can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns to shareholders, maintain 
an appropriate capital structure to optimise its cost of capital and maintain an Investment Grade credit rating to 
ensure  ongoing  access  to  funding.  The  Group  is  subject  to  certain  financing  arrangement  covenants  and 
meeting these is given priority in all capital risk management decisions. There have been no events of default 
on the financing arrangements during the financial year. 

Financial Risk Management 

The  Group’s  overall  financial  risk  strategy  seeks  to  ensure  appropriate  funding  levels,  approved  treasury 
directives to meet ongoing project needs and to allow flexibility for growth. The Board has ultimate responsibility 
for  the  Group’s  policy  of  risk  management.  The  risk  policies  and  procedures  are  reviewed  periodically.  In 
addition,  the  going  concern  basis  is  reviewed  throughout  the  year,  ensuring  adequate  working  capital 
is available.  

The financial instruments in the Group primarily consist of interest bearing debt, cash, trade receivables and 
payables. The Group has minimal foreign currency risks.  

Interest Rate Risk Management 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument or cash flow associated with the instrument 
will fluctuate due to changes in the market interest rates. Sources of financial exposure include variable-rate 
borrowings (cash flow risk) and fixed-rate borrowings (fair value risk). Interest rate exposures are kept within an 
acceptable range as determined by the Board.  

The Board considers the exposure to market rate volatility as low. If the Group were to consider a movement of 
100 basis points in interest rates or cost of funds, there would be no material impact to the cost of capital. Refer 
to the Consolidated Interest and Liquidity table on the following page for further details around interest rate 
profiles. 

63

63 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4.1  

  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

Foreign Exchange and Currency Exposure 

The Group consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars (AUD). The Board considers 
that movements in foreign currency will have virtually no impact on operating profits, given that most projects 
are agreed and billed in Australian dollars and cash holdings in other currencies other than AUD are negligible. 
Should  foreign  operations  expand  then  suitable  risk  measures  would  be  put  in  place  accordingly.  Any  new 
developments which the Group considers or bids for are considered as part of the risk management reviews 
held  by  the  Board.  Other  than  specific  transactions  or  purchases  negotiated  with  the  supplier,  transactions 
dealing in foreign currency are dealt with at spot rates. 

Liquidity Risk Management 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Ultimate 
responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board, which has established an appropriate liquidity 
risk management framework for the management of the Company’s short, medium and long-term funding and 
liquidity management requirements. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining appropriate banking 
facilities, ensuring a suitable credit control program, continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, 
and considering the level of capital commitment commensurate with project demands and other market forces. 

The estimated contractual maturity for its financial liabilities and financial assets is set out in the following tables. 
The tables show the effective interest rates and average interest rates as relevant to each class. 

Consolidated interest and liquidity analysis 2021 

Effective 
Interest rate 

Total 

0 to 30 days 

31 days to  
< 1 year 

1 to 5 yrs 

> 5yrs 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

FINANCIAL ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 

0.3% 

146,549 

146,549 

- 

Trade and other receivables(1) 

412,577 

178,428 

234,149 

Lease receivables 

Subtotal 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

Bank loans 

Equipment finance 

Lease debt 

2,974 

242 

2,552 

562,100 

325,219 

236,701 

2.3% 

4.3% 

6.1% 

74,945 

173,390 

55,924 

- 

5,874 

1,169 

20,570 

52,039 

12,452 

Trade and other payables(2) 

330,755 

163,699 

167,056 

- 

- 

180 

180 

54,375 

114,735 

42,303 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

742 

- 

- 

- 

Other 

 Subtotal 

(1)  Normal trade receivable terms. See note 3.1. 
(2)  Normal trade payable terms. See note 3.7. 

13,573 

11,131 

2,442 

648,587 

181,873 

254,559 

211,413 

742 

64

64 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4.1  

  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED 

Consolidated interest and liquidity analysis 2020 

Effective 
interest rate 

Total 

0 to 30 days 

31 days to 
< 1 year 

1 to 5 yrs 

> 5yrs 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

FINANCIAL ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 

0.3% 

170,229 

170,229 

- 

Trade and other receivables(1) 

369,906 

191,962 

177,944 

Lease receivable 

9.4% 

5,091 

203 

2,343 

Subtotal 

545,226 

362,394 

180,287 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

Bank loans 

Equipment finance 

Lease debt 

4.4% 

4.6% 

6.1% 

48,717 

196,078 

65,058 

282 

5,524 

1,150 

24,435 

51,558 

13,607 

- 

- 

2,545 

2,545 

24,000 

138,996 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

35,501 

14,800 

Trade and other payables(2) 

331,642 

174,043 

157,599 

- 

- 

 Subtotal 

641,495 

180,999 

247,199 

198,497 

14,800 

(1)  Normal trade receivable terms. See note 3.1. 
(2)  Normal trade payable terms. See note 3.7. 

Credit Risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to 
meet its contractual obligations.  

The  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  from  its  operating  activities  (primarily  trade  receivables)  and  from  its 
financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions and other financial instruments. The 
carrying  amount  of  financial  assets  recorded  in  the  financial  statements  net  of  any  allowance  for  losses, 
represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking into account the value of any collateral. 

Trade and other receivables payment terms are primarily 30 to 75 days. Cash retentions are low as clients 
require bonds and bank guarantees. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of these counterparties are 
regularly monitored and transactions are diversified among approved counterparties. 

Expected Credit Losses 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on investments in debt instruments that are 
measured  at  amortised  cost  including,  lease  receivables,  amounts  due  from  customers  and  on  loan 
commitments.  

The  Group  has  elected  to  measure  the  loss  allowance  for  a  financial  instrument  at  an  amount  equal  to  the 
lifetime expected credit losses (ECL)  if the credit risk of that financial instrument has increased significantly 
since  initial  recognition.  Lifetime  ECL  represents  the  expected  credit  losses  that  will  result  from  all  possible 
default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. 

In  making  the  assessment,  management  takes  into  consideration  Group’s  historical  credit  loss  experience, 
adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both 
the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money 
where appropriate. 

The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since 
initial recognition of the respective financial instrument. 

As at 30 June 2021 expected credit losses are immaterial. 

65

65 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

ISSUED CAPITAL 

Fully Paid Ordinary Shares 

ORDINARY SHARES 

449,051,657 fully paid ordinary shares  
(2020: 426,685,384) 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

2020 

$’000 

383,416 

332,863 

All issued shares are fully paid and rank equally.  Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry 
a right to dividends. 

Consolidated 

2021 

No. ‘000 

2021 

$‘000 

2020 

No. ‘000 

FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 

426,686 

332,863 

375,880 

Capital raising at $2.85 share 

Share purchase plan at $2.85 share 

Share issue costs net of tax 

Issue of shares to executives 

Issue of shares as part of business acquisition 

Treasury shares transferred to contributed equity 

- 

- 

- 

2,943 

19,423 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

50,553 

- 

42,106 

3,509 

- 

5,180 

- 

11 

2020 

$‘000 

206,126 

120,000 

10,000 

(3,287) 

- 

- 

24 

Balance at the end of the period 

449,052 

383,416 

426,686 

332,863 

RESERVES 

Share based payment reserve 

Foreign currency reserve 

Total reserves 

Share Based Payment Reserve 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 

Share based payments 

Treasury shares issued for vested rights 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

Consolidated 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

11,500 

(141) 

11,359 

2021 

$’000 

8,661 

2,839 

- 

11,500 

2020 

$’000 

8,661 

(208) 

8,453 

2020 

$’000 

7,032 

1,653 

(24) 

8,661 

Information relating to performance rights, including details of issued, exercised and lapsed during the financial 
year and outstanding at the end of the financial year, is set out in the Remuneration Report and at note 4.7. 

66

66 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

RETAINED EARNINGS 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 

Net profit attributable to members of the parent entity 

Dividends paid 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

DIVIDENDS 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

131,073 

54,295 

(35,020) 

150,348 

2020 

$’000 

75,613 

73,749 

(18,289) 

131,073 

During the period, NRW Holdings Limited made the following dividend payments: 

Fully paid ordinary shares 

Consolidated year ended 
30 June 2021 

Consolidated year ended 
30 June 2020 

Final dividend (FY20 / FY19) 

Interim dividend (FY21 / FY20) 

Total dividend payments 

Cents per share 

$’000 

Cents per share 

4.0 

4.0 

17,067 

17,953 

35,020 

2.0 

2.5 

$’000 

7,621 

10,668 

18,289 

The Directors have declared a dividend for the current financial year of 5.0 cents per share. The dividend will 
be fully franked and paid on 13 October 2021. 

Franking Account 

Consolidated 

Franking account balance at 1 July 

Australian income tax paid 

Franking credits transferred to head entity upon acquisition 

Franking credits attached to dividends paid: 

As final dividend 

As interim dividend 

Franking account balance at 30 June 

Franking credits that will attach to the payment of fully franked dividends 
declared but not paid as at reporting date 

Net franking credits available 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Profit for the year 

Weighted average number of shares for the 
purposes of basic earnings per share (000’s) 

2021 

$’000 

43,101 

- 

6,727 

(7,315) 

(7,694) 

34,819 

(9,623) 

25,196 

2021 

$’000 

54,295 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

50,939 

- 

- 

(3,266) 

(4,572) 

43,101 

(7,315) 

35,786 

2020 

$’000 

73,749 

435,534 

405,024 

Basic earnings per share 

12.5 cents per share 

18.2 cents per share 

Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of: 

Performance rights (000’s) 

Weighted average number of shares used for the 
purposes of diluted earnings per share (000’s) 

4,063 

439,597 

5,671 

410,695 

Diluted earnings per share 

12.4 cents per share 

18.0 cents per share 

67

67 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4.6  

  EARNINGS PER SHARE CONTINUED 

Basic Earnings Per Share 

Basic  earnings  per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  profit  attributable  to  equity  holders  of  the  Company, 
excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares on issue during the financial year.  

Diluted Earnings Per Share 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into 
account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary 
shares  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  assumed  to  have  been  issued  for  no  consideration  in 
relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

Share based compensation payments are provided to employees in accordance with the NRW Holdings Limited 
Performance Rights Plan (PRP) detailed in the remuneration report. 

Share based compensation payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. 
The  choice  of  valuation  methodology  is  determined  by  the  structure  of  the  awards,  particularly  the  vesting 
conditions: 

•  Market based valuations – a Monte-Carlo simulation valuation methodology is used to determine the 
share  based  payment  cost  relative  to  TSR  growth.  The  valuation  methodology  used  is  chosen  from 
those  available  to  incorporate  an  appropriate  amount  of  flexibility  with  respect  to  the  particular 
performance and vesting conditions of the award.  

•  Non-market based valuations – EBITDA and Gearing targets are based on a 30 day VWAP up to and 
including the grant date, risk-weighted for the likelihood of achievement of the vesting conditions. The 
valuation methodology assumes between 90% and 100% achievement of vesting conditions.   

The variables in the valuation model are the share price on the date of the award, the duration of the award, the 
risk free interest rate, share price volatility and dividend yield. The inputs used for each of the current schemes 
are provided below. 

Scheme ID 

Risk Free Interest Rate 

Share Price Volatility 

Dividend Yield 

G 

K 

L 

M 

N 

O 

P 

Q 

R 

S 

T 

U 

1.96% 

1.44% 

1.35% 

1.44% 

1.35% 

0.29% 

0.26% 

0.27% 

0.07% 

0.29% 

0.29% 

0.43% 

103.20% 

55.14% 

64.05% 

47.26% 

53.62% 

62.74% 

50.05% 

54.27% 

62.74% 

92.52% 

87.82% 

65.21% 

10.2% 

1.20% 

1.20% 

1.20% 

1.20% 

1.34% 

3.62% 

3.62% 

3.62% 

3.62% 

3.62% 

3.62% 

Value (cents 
per share) 

34.0 

79.7 

123.9 

75.3 

101.1 

30.1 to 182.0 

6.5 

14.2 

37.6 to 40.3 

56.1 to 77.4 

60.5 to 61.1 

27.0 to 153.0 

For all awards, the volatility assumption is representative of the level of uncertainty expected in the movements 
of the Company’s share price over the life of the award. The assessment of the volatility includes the historic 
volatility of the market price of the Company’s share and the mean reversion tendency of volatilities. 

68

68 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4.7 

  SHARE BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED 

Details of the awards for each scheme, the status of those awards and share based payment expense for KMP’s and non KMP’s 
is provided in the table below. 

Name / Scheme 

Scheme 
ID 

Allocation 
Date 

Vesting 
Date 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 1 July 
2020 

Granted 

Vested in 
FY21 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 30 June 
2021 

Fair 
Value 
Per 
Security 

Fair Value 
at Grant 
Date 

Fair Value 
at Vesting 
Date 

Share 
Based 
Payments 
Expense 
FY21 

Number of 
Rights 

Number 
of Rights 

Number of 
Rights 

Number of 
Rights 

Cents 

$ 

$ 

$ 

FY21 Tranche 2 

T  

01/06/2021 

30/09/2024 

J Pemberton 

2018 Tranche 3 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

FY21 Tranche 1 

Total 

A Walsh 

2018 Tranche 3 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

FY21 Tranche 1 

G 

O 

O 

U 

G 

R 

S 

S 

Total 

G Payne 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

Total 

A Broad 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

Total 

G Caton 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

Total 

4/12/2017 

30/11/2020 

2,137,500 

26/11/2019 

30/11/2022 

582,246 

26/11/2019 

30/11/2023 

582,246 

- 

- 

- 

30/06/2021 

30/09/2023 

- 

950,000 

(2,137,500) 

- 

34.0 

726,750 

5,664,375 

72,675 

- 

- 

- 

582,246 

582,246 

950,000 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

27.0 to 
153.0 

768,785 

835,411 

1,050,626 

- 

- 

- 

256,262 

208,853 

350,209 

3,301,992 

950,000 

(2,137,500) 

2,114,492 

3,381,572 

5,664,375 

887,999 

4/12/2017 

30/11/2020 

700,000 

- 

(700,000) 

- 

34.0 

238,000 

1,855,000 

23,800 

01/06/2021 

30/11/2022 

01/06/2021 

30/09/2023 

01/06/2021 

30/09/2023 

- 

- 

- 

- 

750,000 

750,000 

375,000 

375,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

750,000 

750,000 

375,000 

375,000 

37.6 to 
153.0 

58.2 to 
153.0 

56.1 to 
153.0 

61.1 to 
153.0 

860,593 

717,458 

455,506 

448,069 

- 

- 

- 

- 

286,340 

238,715 

151,558 

149,083 

700,000 

2,250,000 

(700,000) 

2,250,000 

2,719,626 

1,855,000 

849,496 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2022 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2023 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2022 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2023 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2022 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2023 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

76,144 

76,144 

152,288 

82,487 

82,487 

164,974 

137,980 

137,980 

275,960 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

76,144 

76,144 

152,288 

82,487 

82,487 

164,974 

137,980 

137,980 

275,960 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

100,538 

109,251 

209,789 

108,915 

118,354 

227,269 

182,185 

197,975 

380,160 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

33,513 

27,313 

60,826 

36,305 

29,588 

65,893 

60,728 

49,494 

110,222 

69

69 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

4.7 

  SHARE BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED 

Name / Scheme 

Scheme 
ID 

Allocation 
Date 

Vesting 
Date 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 1 July 
2020 

Granted 

Vested in 
FY21 

Balance of 
Unvested 
Equity 
Awards as 
at 30 June 
2021 

Fair 
Value 
Per 
Security 

Fair Value 
at Grant 
Date 

Fair Value 
at Vesting 
Date 

Share 
Based 
Payments 
Expense 
FY21 

Number of 
Rights 

Number 
of Rights 

Number of 
Rights 

Number of 
Rights 

Cents 

$ 

$ 

$ 

I Gibbs 

2019 Scheme 1 
Tranche 1 

2019 Scheme 1 
Tranche 2 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

Total 

Non KMP 

2019 Scheme 2 
Tranche 1 

2019 Scheme 2 
Tranche 2 

2019 Tranche 1 

2019 Tranche 2 

FY20 Tranche 1 

FY20 Tranche 2 

Total 

TOTAL 

K 

L 

O 

O 

M 

N 

P 

Q 

O 

O 

15/02/2019 

30/11/2020 

77,885 

15/02/2019 

30/11/2021 

77,885 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2022 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2023 

- 

- 

- 

- 

48,056 

48,056 

(77,885) 

- 

79.7 

62,074 

206,395 

12,103 

- 

- 

- 

77,885 

123.9 

96,500 

48,056 

48,056 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

63,452 

68,951 

- 

- 

- 

35,614 

21,151 

17,238 

155,770 

96,112 

(77,885) 

173,997 

290,977 

206,395 

86,106 

18/04/2019 

30/11/2020 

15,000 

18/04/2019 

30/11/2021 

15,000 

- 

- 

(15,000) 

- 

75.3 

11,295 

39,750 

2,445 

- 

15,000 

101.1 

15,165 

- 

5,971 

14/07/2020 

30/11/2020 

14/07/2020 

30/11/2021 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2022 

20/07/2020 

30/11/2023 

- 

- 

- 

- 

12,500 

(12,500) 

- 

12,500 

520,670 

520,670 

- 

- 

- 

12,500 

520,670 

520,670 

6.5 

14.2 

30.1 to 
182.0 

30.1 to 
182.0 

812 

33,125 

1,775 

687,482 

747,061 

- 

- 

- 

812 

812 

229,161 

186,765 

30,000 

1,066,340 

(27,500) 

1,068,840 

1,463,590 

72,875 

425,966 

4,187,762 

4,955,674 

(2,942,885) 

6,200,551 

8,672,983 

7,798,645 

2,486,508 

70

70 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

5  FINANCING 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less.  

Reconciliation of Profit for the Period to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Consolidated 

PROFIT FOR THE PERIOD 

Adjustments for: 

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Lease asset (RoU) impairment 

Share of (loss) / gain from associates 

Share based payment expense 

Gascoyne recovery 

Net cash generated before movement in working capital 

Change in trade and other receivables 

Change in lease receivables 

Change in inventories 

Change in other assets  

Change in trade and other payables 

Change in provisions 

Change in deferred tax balances 

Net cash from operating activities 

GUARANTEES 

Bank guarantees 

Insurance bonds 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

2021 

$’000 

54,295 

366 

166,297 

1,111 

(1,435) 

2,839 

(6,769) 

216,704 

(13,726) 

2,117 

3,847 

1,673 

(45,164) 

(39,608) 

21,595 

147,438 

2021 

$’000 

32,825 

202,982 

235,807 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

73,749 

1,477 

122,081 

482 

42 

1,653 

- 

199,484 

(85,449) 

1,383 

(1,755) 

169 

66,280 

9,122 

26,468 

215,702 

2020 

$’000 

16,464 

178,563 

195,027 

The Group has contract performance bank guarantees and insurance bonds issued in the normal course of 
business in respect to its contracts. 

71 

71

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

FINANCIAL DEBT 

Consolidated 

SECURED AT AMORTISED COST 

Current 

Bank loans 

Equipment finance 

Other 

Total current financial debt 

Non-current 

Bank loans 

Equipment finance 

Total non-current financial debt 

Total financial debt 

2021 

$’000 

20,570 

57,912 

13,574 

92,056 

54,375 

115,477 

169,852 

261,908 

2020 

$’000 

24,717 

57,082 

- 

81,799 

24,000 

138,996 

162,996 

244,795 

All loans and financial debt are initially recognised at fair value, being the amount received less attributable 
transaction  costs.  After  initial  recognition,  interest  bearing  liabilities  are  stated  at  amortised  cost  with  any 
difference between cost and redemption value being recognised in the statement of profit or loss over the period 
of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. 

Various financial institutions provide the Group with fixed interest rate finance leases, secured by the underlying 
assets financed.  

As  at  the  date  of  signing  the  annual  accounts,  the  Company  is  in  compliance  with  its  obligations  under  its 
facilities. The Company expects to be in compliance with agreed covenants throughout the year ending 30 June 
2022. 

The Company currently has in place a multi-option general banking facility with Bankwest and Bank of China. 
The agreement provides NRW with facilities to be used for contract guarantees, and facilities which can be used 
for either contract guarantees or as working capital (an overdraft facility). 

Financial debt movement reconciliation for the year ended 30 June 2021: 

Consolidated 

Opening balance  

Equipment finance assumed (through business acquisition) 

Debts assumed (through business acquisition) 

New equipment finance 

Repayment of equipment finance 

New financial debt 

Net repayment of financial debt 

Total financial debt 

2021 

$’000 

244,795 

4,736 

11,273 

33,197 

(60,720) 

50,000 

(21,372) 

261,908 

2020 

$’000 

100,459 

158,301 

- 

37,679 

(41,144) 

30,790 

(41,290) 

244,795 

72

72 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

5.3 

  FINANCIAL DEBT CONTINUED 

Interest Bearing Finance Facilities 

Consolidated finance facilities as at 30 June 2021 

Finance Description 

Face Value (limit) 

Carrying Amount (utilised) 

Unutilised Amount 

Banking facilities(1) 

Equipment finance(2) 

Guarantees and insurance bonds(3) 

$’000 

99,945 

198,337 

434,231 

$’000 

74,945 

173,389 

235,807 

$’000 

25,000 

24,948 

198,424 

Consolidated finance facilities as at 30 June 2020 

Finance Description 

Face Value (limit) 

Carrying Amount (utilised) 

Unutilised Amount 

Banking facilities(1) 

Equipment finance(2) 

Guarantees and insurance bonds(3) 

$’000 

75,435 

223,548 

356,055 

$’000 

48,717 

196,078 

195,027 

$’000 

26,718 

27,470 

161,028 

(1) 

Includes: cash advance facilities, bank guarantee facilities (reflected within guarantees and insurance bonds line item) and an overdraft 
facility. 

(2)  Terms range from one to five years. 
(3)  $10.0 million of the overall limit is interchangeable as an overdraft facility. 

LEASE DEBT  

Opening balance 

New leases through a business combination (see note 7.5) 

New leases 

Net repayayments 

Balance at 30 June  

Current 

Non-current 

Total lease debt 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

65,058 

2,576 

3,813 

2020 

$’000 

50,369 

5,502 

19,739 

(15,523) 

(10,552) 

55,924 

13,621 

42,303 

55,924 

65,058 

14,757 

50,301 

65,058 

Group lease debt relates mainly to properties, the balance comprised of plant and equipment, various types of 
vehicles and IT equipment.  

With the adoption of AASB 16 Leases, the Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception 
of the contract. The Group recognises a lease asset and a corresponding lease debt with respect to all lease 
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 
months or less) and leases of low value assets (such as tablets and personal computers, small items of office 
furniture and telephones). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the 
time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed. 

The  lease  debt  is  initially  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the  lease  payments  that  are  not  paid  at  the 
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, 
the lessee uses its incremental borrowing rate. 

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease debt comprise: 

•  Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable; 
•  Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at 

the commencement date; 

73

73 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

5.4 

  LEASE DEBT CONTINUED 

•  The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees; 
•  The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and 
•  Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to 

terminate the lease. 

The lease debt is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease debt 
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. 
The  Group  remeasures  the  lease  debt  (and  makes  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  the  related  lease  asset) 
whenever: 

•  The lease term has changed or there is a significant event or change in circumstances resulting in a 
change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease debt is remeasured 
by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate. 

•  The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under 
a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease debt is remeasured by discounting the revised 
lease  payments  using  an  unchanged  discount  rate  (unless  the  lease  payments  change  is  due  to  a 
change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used). 
Lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which 
case the lease debt is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification. 

• 

The Group did not make any material adjustments during the periods presented. 

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease debt 
and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event 
or condition that triggers those payments occurs. 

Key Judgements and Estimates  

Determination of the existence of leases  

Identifying a lease will sometimes require a significant amount of judgement based on the elements of the 
definition  of  a  lease,  including  identification  of  the  leased  asset,  whether  the  contract  passes  the  right  to 
obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified assets within the defined scope 
of the contract and whether the supplier has a substantive right to substitute the identified assets throughout 
the period of use. 

Lease extension periods 

In  determining  the  lease  term,  the  Group  considers  all  facts  and  circumstances  that  create  an  economic 
incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods 
after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended 
(or  not  terminated).  After  the  commencement  date,  the  Group  reassesses  the  lease  term  if  there  is  a 
significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise (or not 
to exercise) the option to renew. 

Incremental borrowing rate 

In determining the present value of the future lease payments, the Group discounts the lease payments using 
an  incremental  borrowing  rate  (IBR).  The  IBR  reflects  the  financing  characteristics  and  duration  of  the 
underlying lease. Once a discount rate has been set for a leased asset (or portfolio of assets with similar 
characteristics), this rate will remain unchanged for the term of that lease. When a lease modification occurs, 
and it is not accounted for as a separate lease, a new IBR will be assigned to reflect the new characteristics 
of the lease. 

CAPITAL AND OTHER COMMITMENTS 

As at 30 June 2021 the Group has capital and other commitments totalling $3.2 million (2020: $6.8 million). 

74

74 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

6  TAXATION 

INCOME TAX RECOGNISED IN PROFIT OR LOSS 

CURRENT TAX EXPENSE 

Current year income tax  

Adjustments for prior years income tax 

Subtotal 

DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Total income tax expense / (benefit) 

RECONCILIATION OF EFFECTIVE TAX RATE 

Profit before tax for the period 

INCOME TAX USING THE COMPANY’S DOMESTIC TAX RATE OF 30% 

Changes in income tax expense due to: 

Share based payments 

Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to the effect of tax 
consolidation in prior years 

Effect of different income tax rates for subsidiaries operating in a different  
tax jurisdiction 

Effect of impairment of financial assets relating to the Gascoyne Resources loan 
and equity instruments 

Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to the current tax of prior 
years (effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit) 

Non-Deductible Transaction Costs 

Transfer duties on acquisitions of RCRMT and BGC Contracting 

Deferred tax assets brought to account 

Effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit 

Joint ventures 

Total income tax expense / (benefit) 

Consolidated 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

- 

- 

- 

26,469 

26,469 

2020 

$’000 

100,218 

30,065 

2021 

$’000 

418 

(335) 

83 

21,512 

21,595 

2021 

$’000 

75,890 

22,767 

(1,783) 

(4,235) 

319 

4 

1,569 

(1,624) 

1,098 

- 

- 

(732) 

(23) 

21,595 

- 

- 

- 

(670) 

- 

891 

(33) 

451 

- 

26,469 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income because of items of income or expense that are taxable 
or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax 
is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. 

Income  taxes  are  paid  in  the  jurisdictions  where  the  Group  operates,  predominantly  Australia.  Significant 
judgement is involved in applying the tax rules and regulations relevant in deriving the final provision for income 
tax. If in subsequent periods matters arise that cause the final tax outcome to vary to the reported carrying 
amounts, such differences will alter the deferred tax balances in the period the change is identified. 

75

75 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

CURRENT AND DEFERRED TAX BALANCES 

Current Tax Liabilities 

Tax losses have been applied to offset any Australian taxable income. The reported current tax liabilities as at 
30 June 2021 (2020: Nil) related to the assumed liability from the Primero acquisition, and foreign tax due and 
payable in other jurisdictions.  

Deferred Tax Balances 

Receivables (contract assets) 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investment in associates  

Intangibles 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Payables 

Costs of equity raising 

Share based payments 

2021 

$’000 

- 

- 

2,577 

3,693 

2,843 

- 

21,864 

24,475 

8,720 

226 

1,453 

Assets 

Liabilities 

Net 

2020 

$’000 

- 

290 

2,829 

1,922 

4,133 

2021 

$’000 

2020 

$’000 

2021 

$’000 

2020 

$’000 

(23,711) 

(41,893) 

(23,711) 

(41,893) 

(5,716) 

(4,985) 

- 

(5,024) 

(5,716) 

(2,408) 

290 

(2,195) 

(48,932) 

(38,828) 

(45,239) 

(36,906) 

- 

- 

2,843 

4,133 

- 

(12,257) 

(9,360) 

(12,257) 

(9,360) 

(20,034) 

(24,180) 

1,830 

26,215 

28,034 

7,337 

1,305 

295 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

24,475 

8,720 

226 

1,453 

2,035 

28,034 

7,337 

1,305 

295 

Losses 

34,936 

37,182 

34,936 

37,182 

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities) 

100,787 

109,542 

(115,635) 

(119,285) 

(14,848) 

(9,743) 

Movement of Deferred Tax Balances 

DEFERRED TAX EXPENSE 

Recognised in profit or loss (note 6.1) 

Recognised directly in equity 

Balance acquired through business combinations (note 7.5) 

Balance restated to reflect finalisation of BGC Contracting purchase price 
accounting  

Total 

Consolidated 

2020 

$’000 

(26,469) 

2,637 

(7,975) 

- 

(31,807) 

2021 

$’000 

(21,512) 

7 

7,523 

8,877 

(5,105) 

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. 
Deferred  tax  assets  are  generally  recognised  for  all  deductible  temporary  differences  to  the  extent  that  it  is 
probable  that  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which  those  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be 
utilised.  Such  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  not  recognised  if  the  temporary  difference  arises  from 
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a 
transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.  

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognised  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in 
subsidiaries  and  associates,  and  interests  in  joint  ventures,  except  where  the  Group  is  able  to  control  the 
reversal  of  the  temporary  difference  and  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable  future.  Deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  deductible  temporary  differences  associated  with  such 
investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable 
profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future. 

76

76 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

6.3     CURRENT AND DEFERRED TAX BALANCES CONTINUED 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is adjusted to 
recognise the estimated value of future tax liabilities likely to arise based on risk assessed forecasts. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which 
the  liability  is  settled  or  the  asset  realised,  based  on  tax  rates  (and  tax  laws)  that  have  been  enacted  or 
substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets 
reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the 
reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the 
Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

Unrecognised Deferred Tax Balances 

During the year there were no deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for 
which no deferred tax assets have been recognised. 

RELEVANCE OF TAX CONSOLIDATION TO THE GROUP 

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have formed a tax-consolidated group under 
Australian taxation law with effect from 1 July 2014 and are therefore taxed as a single entity from that date. 
The  head  entity  within  the  tax-consolidated  group  is  NRW  Holdings  Limited.  The  members  of  the  tax-
consolidated group are identified in note 7.1. The acquisition of Primero during the year resulted in the Australian 
Primero entities joining the tax-consolidated group on 24 March 2021. 

Tax expense / income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the 
members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of 
the tax-consolidated group using the ‘stand-alone taxpayer’ approach by reference to the carrying amounts in 
the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. Current 
tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members 
of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by the Company (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group). 
Due to the existence of a tax funding arrangement between the entities in the tax-consolidated group, amounts 
are recognised as payable to or receivable by the Company and each member of the Group in relation to the 
tax  contribution  amounts  paid  or  payable  between  the  parent  entity  and  the  other  members  of  the  tax-
consolidated group in accordance with the arrangement. 

Nature of Tax Funding Arrangements and Tax Sharing Agreements 

Entities  within  the  tax-consolidated  group  have  entered  into  a  tax  funding  arrangement  and  a  tax  sharing 
agreement with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax funding arrangement, NRW Holdings Limited and 
each of the entities in the tax-consolidated group has agreed to pay a tax equivalent payment to or from the 
head  entity,  based  on  the  current  tax  liability  or  current  tax  asset  of  the  entity.  The  tax  sharing  agreement 
entered into between members of the tax-consolidated group provides for the determination of the allocation of 
income tax liabilities between the entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations or if an 
entity should leave the tax consolidated group. The effect of the tax sharing agreement is that each member’s 
liability for tax payable by the tax-consolidated group is limited to the amount payable to the head entity under 
the tax funding arrangement. 

Upon entering the tax consolidated group on 24 March 2021, the Australian Primero entities formally entered 
into a tax sharing and tax funding agreement with NRW Holdings Ltd. 

77

77 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

GOODS AND SERVICES 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except:  

•  Where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority, it is recognised as 

part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; or 

•  Receivables and payables which are recognised inclusive of GST. 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables 
or payables. 

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows 
arising from investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is 
classified within operating cash flows. 

TAX POLICY, STRATEGY AND GOVERNANCE 

Approach to Tax Governance 

NRW has developed a Board approved Tax Risk Management Framework to govern the way in which the Group 
manages  its  tax  obligations.  The  Tax  Risk  Management  Framework  has  been  designed  in  line  with  the 
Australian  Taxation  Office  (ATO)  Tax  Risk  Management  and  Governance  Review  Guide.  The  Tax  Risk 
Management Framework applies to all entities within the NRW tax consolidated group. 

In  accordance  with  the  Tax  Risk  Management  Framework,  decisions  on  tax  risk  are  reviewed by  the Chief 
Financial Officer and reported to the Audit and Risk Committee as appropriate. Ultimate responsibility for tax 
governance  is  borne  by  the  Board. Tax  risk  assessments  are  conducted  and  are  consistent  with the  risk 
tolerance levels applied to other decisions in the business.   

Corporate Income Tax Contribution Summary 

NRW is currently utilising available carry-forward Australian tax losses. As at 30 June 2021, NRW has estimated 
carry forward tax losses of $34.9M on its balance sheet as a deferred tax asset. This position results in zero 
income  tax  payable  in  Australia.  The  NRW  tax  consolidated  group  will  commence  paying  corporate  tax  in 
Australia once these losses are fully utilised.  

The  ATO  publish  the  income  tax  information  of  taxpayers  with  a  total  income  of  $100  million  or  more.  The 
information is published in the Report of Entity Tax Information online. NRW confirms the following disclosures 
under the ATO regime.  

Total Income 

Taxable/Net Income 

Tax Payable 

2015-16 

$’000 

291,949 

Nil 

Nil 

2016-17 

$’000 

367,184 

Nil 

Nil 

2017-18 

$’000 

676,658 

Nil 

Nil 

2018-19 

$’000 

2019-20(1) 

$’000 

1,087,568 

2,011,916 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

(1)  Not yet disclosed by the ATO under the Report of Entity Tax Information regime online. 

Relationships with Tax Authorities 

NRW is committed to open and transparent dealings with the ATO and other relevant tax authorities. NRWs 
approach to engagement with these authorities is to be compliant with tax laws to ensure its statutory obligations 
are met.  

NRW is included in the ATO's Justified Trust review program. NRW’s last assurance review under this regime 
was finalised in September 2018. The ATO obtained an overall high level of assurance that NRW paid the right 
amount of Australian income tax for the income years reviewed. 

International Related Party Dealings 

The  NRW  group  includes  entities  incorporated  under  foreign  jurisdictions  where  corporate  tax  is  remitted  in 
accordance with the applicable taxation authorities and laws. 

NRW does not have material operations located outside of Australia, resulting in minor international related 
party  dealings.  These  dealings  are  disclosed  to  the  ATO  within  the  International  Related  Party  Dealings 
Schedule. 

78

78 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7  OTHER NOTES 

SUBSIDIARIES 

Information about the composition of the Group at the end of the reporting period is as follows: 

Entity 

Principal Activities 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Ownership Interest 

2021 

2020 

NRW Holdings Limited  
(ACN 118 300 217) < 

Actionblast Pty Ltd 
(ACN 058 473 331) < 

Action Drill & Blast Pty Ltd 
(ACN 144 682 413) < 

Hughes Drilling 1 Pty Ltd 
(ACN 011 007 702) < 

NRW Pty Ltd  
(ACN 067 272 119) < 

The trustee for NRW Unit Trust  
(ABN 69 828 799 317)  

NRW Contracting Pty Ltd 
(ACN 008 766 407) < 

NRW Contracting (NO.2) Pty Ltd 
(ACN 621 008 473) < 

DIAB Engineering Pty Ltd 
(ACN 611 036 689) < 

NRW Intermediate Holdings Pty Ltd 
(ACN 120 448 179) < 

Holding Company 

Australia 

- 

- 

Mining Equipment 
Solutions 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Drill & Blast 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Drill & Blast 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil & Mining 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil & Mining 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil, Mining & Urban 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Mining 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

MET 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Intermediary 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Indigenous Mining & Exploration Company Pty Ltd 
(ACN 114 493 579) < 

Investment Shell 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

NRW International Holdings Pty Ltd 
(ACN 138 827 451) < 

RCR Heat Treatment Pty Ltd 
(ACN 631 155 032) 

RCR Mining Technologies Pty Ltd  
(ACN 107 724 274) < 

NRW Mining Pty Ltd 
(ACN 117 524 277) < 

Golding Group Pty Ltd 
(ACN 129 247 025) < 

Golding Employee Equity Pty Ltd 
(ACN 134 623 680) < 

Golding Finance Pty Ltd 
(ACN 128 839 056) < 

Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(ACN 009 734 794) < 

Golding Civil Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 777)  

Golding Mining Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 740)  

Golding Services Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 768)  

Golding Urban Pty Ltd 
(ACN 628 709 759)  

Golding PNG Limited  

Investment Shell 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Heat Treatment 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

MET 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Investment Shell 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Holding Company 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Dormant 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Holding Company 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil, Mining & Urban 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Mining 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Civil, Mining & Urban 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Urban 

Mining 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Papua New 
Guinea 

100% 

100% 

79 

79

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.1  

  SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED 

Entity 

Principal Activities 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Ownership Interest 

2021 

2020 

NRW Guinea SARL 

Dormant 

Guinea 

100% 

100% 

The Trustee for NRW Holdings Employee Share Trust 
(ABN 85 324 493 658)  

Dormant 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

Primero Group Limited  
(ACN 149 964 045)  

PGX Ops Pty Ltd 
(ACN 645 420 542) 

Primero Group Americas Inc 

Primero USA Inc 

MET 

MET 

MET 

MET 

Australia 

100% 

Australia 

100% 

Canada 

100% 

USA 

100% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

< Entered into ASIC Corporations instrument 98/1418 Deed of Cross Guarantee with NRW Holdings Limited. 

the  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  Parent  entity, 

All  of 
Consolidation Group. 

incorporated 

in  Australia, 

form 

the  Tax  

Deed of Cross Guarantees 

Pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) dated 22 June 2011, the wholly-owned subsidiaries listed 
in note 7.1 as parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements 
for preparation, audit and lodgement of Financial Reports and Directors’ Reports. 

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the entities party to the Deed of Cross guarantees is 
as follows: 

Consolidated 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Revenue 

Other income 

Materials and consumables used 

Employee benefits expense 

Subcontractor costs 

Plant and equipment costs 

Depreciation and amortisation expenses 

Other expenses 

Share of profit / (loss) in associate 

Net finance costs 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

2021 

$’000 

2,071,537 

14,666 

(418,458) 

(665,596) 

(450,953) 

(263,009) 

(162,042) 

(43,483) 

1,435 

(12,588) 

71,509 

(21,364) 

50,145 

2020 

$’000 

1,997,152 

311 

(389,712) 

(566,902) 

(441,912) 

(343,296) 

(120,920) 

(22,099) 

(42) 

(12,812) 

99,768 

(26,334) 

73,434 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

50,145 

73,434 

80

80 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.1  

  SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED 

The consolidated statement of financial position of the entities party to the Deed of Cross guarantees is: 

Consolidated 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Lease receivable 

Inventories 

Non-current assets held for sale 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets (right of use) 

Lease receivable 

Investment in listed equities 

Investments in associates 

Intangibles 

Goodwill 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Financial debt 

Lease debt  

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Retained earnings  

Total equity 

2021 

$’000 

138,172 

368,006 

2,794 

52,782 

82,612 

5,008 

2020 

$’000 

168,336 

368,687 

2,546 

57,355 

- 

8,762 

649,374 

605,686 

304,569 

45,913 

180 

11,081 

110,390 

15,618 

85,036 

572,787 

1,222,161 

277,451 

77,259 

12,853 

61,251 

428,814 

166,669 

40,711 

19,912 

22,638 

249,930 

678,744 

543,417 

383,416 

11,446 

148,555 

543,417 

451,244 

58,276 

2,545 

- 

6,561 

31,710 

85,036 

635,372 

1,241,058 

331,146 

81,799 

14,757 

109,942 

537,644 

162,996 

50,301 

17,804 

424 

263,525 

769,169 

471,889 

332,863 

8,453 

130,573 

471,889 

81

81 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.1 

  SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED 

Changes in the Group’s Ownership Interests in Existing Subsidiaries 

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing control over 
the subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts of the Group’s interests and 
the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. 

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, a gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss and is calculated as 
the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any 
retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), and liabilities of the 
subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. All amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income 
in relation to that subsidiary are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or 
liabilities  of  the  subsidiary  (i.e.  reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  or  transferred  to  another  category  of  equity  as 
specified/permitted by applicable AASBs). The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at 
the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under 
AASB 139, when applicable, the cost on initial recognition of an investment in an associate or a joint venture. 

UNINCORPORATED JOINT OPERATIONS  

The Group has significant balances in the following jointly controlled operations: 

Name of Operation 

Principal Activity 

Country of Operation 

Group Interest 

BGC Contracting Pty Ltd & Laing O’Rourke 
Australia Construction Pty Ltd 

NorthLink WA roads 

Australia 

50% 

50% 

The  following  amounts  are  included  in  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a  result  of  the 
proportionate consolidation of the above interests in joint operations.  

2021 

2020 

Financial Information 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

Revenue 

Expenses 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

Cash 

Other Current assets 

Current liabilities 

Consolidated 

2021 

$’000 

726 

537 

2,525 

8,250 

(1,754) 

2020 

$’000 

1,046 

(2,869) 

777 

7,950 

(969) 

A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have 
rights  to  the  assets,  and  obligations  for  the  liabilities,  relating  to  the  arrangement.  Joint  control  is  the 
contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant 
activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. 

When a group entity undertakes its activities under joint operations, the Group as a joint operator recognises in 
relation to its interest in a joint operation: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Its assets, including its share of any assets held jointly; 
Its liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly; 
Its revenue from the sale of its share of the output arising from the joint operation; 
Its share of the revenue from the sale of the output by the joint operation; and 
Its expenses, including its share of any expenses incurred jointly. 

The Group accounts for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses relating to its interest in a joint operation 
in accordance with the AASBs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. 

82

82 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.2 

  UNINCORPORATED JOINT OPERATIONS CONTINUED 

When a group entity transacts with a joint operation in which a group entity is a joint operator (such as a sale or 
contribution of assets), the Group is considered to be conducting the transaction with the other parties to the 
joint operation, and gains and losses resulting from the transactions are recognised in the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements only to the extent of other parties’ interests in the joint operation. 

When  a  group  entity  transacts  with  a  joint  operation  in  which  a  group  entity  is  a  joint  operator  (such  as  a 
purchase of assets), the Group does not recognise its share of the gains and losses until it resells those assets 
to a third party. 

RELATED PARTIES 

The ultimate parent entity within the Group is NRW Holdings Limited. The interests in subsidiaries are set out 
in note 7.1. 

Key Management Personnel Transactions 

During  the  financial  year,  rental  of  commercial  properties  to  the  value  of  $442,556  (2020:  $256,141)  were 
provided to the NRW Group on normal commercial terms and conditions from Belle Creed Pty Ltd and Payne 
Property Unit Trust, both related parties of Mr G Payne (Executive General Manager of DIAB Engineering Pty 
Ltd). This transaction dates back to when members of the Payne family owned the DIAB Engineering business. 
The premises are the main DIAB Engineering workshops and facilities in Geraldton which are key to operations 
of that business. The increase represents 12 months’ rent for FY21 compared to seven months in FY20 (BGC 
Contracting acquisition).  

There are no other transactions and balances with key management personnel and their related parties. 

PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION 

As  at,  and  throughout,  the  financial  year  ended  30  June  2021 the  parent  company  of  the  Group  was  NRW 
Holdings Limited. 

The accounting policies of the parent entity, which have been applied in determining the financial information 
shown below, are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements. 

Financial Position 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Retained earnings 

Share based payment reserve 

Total equity 

2021 

$’000 

203,674 

311,473 

515,147 

27,589 

65,997 

93,586 

421,561 

383,416 

26,699 

11,446 

421,561 

Parent 

2020 

$’000 

210,912 

200,156 

411,068 

22,002 

37,463 

59,465 

351,603 

332,863 

10,132 

8,608 

351,603 

83

83 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.4 

  PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION CONTINUED 

Financial Performance 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income 

Parent 

2021 

$’000 

51,586 

51,586 

Guarantees Entered into by the Parent in Relation to the Debts of its Subsidiaries 

Asset finance  

Total 

Parent 

2021 

$’000 

169,037 

169,037 

2020 

$’000 

17,216 

17,216 

2020 

$’000 

199,573 

199,573 

NRW Holdings Limited has entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee as disclosed in note 7.1. 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a 
business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values 
of  the  assets  transferred  by  the  Company,  liabilities  incurred  by  the  Company  to  the  former  owners  of  the 
acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-
related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair 
value, except that: 

•  Deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are 
recognised  and  measured  in  accordance  with  AASB  112  Income  Taxes  and  AASB  119  Employee 
Benefits respectively; 
Liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-
based  payment  arrangements  of  the  Company  entered  into  to  replace  share-based  payment 
arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with AASB 2 Share Based Payment at the 
acquisition date; and 

• 

•  Assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with AASB 5 Noncurrent 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that Standard. 

Goodwill  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  the  sum  of  the  consideration  transferred,  the  amount  of  any  non-
controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the 
acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities 
assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests 
in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as a gain on acquisition.  

When the consideration transferred by the Company in a business combination includes assets or liabilities 
resulting  from  a  contingent  consideration  arrangement,  the  contingent  consideration  is  measured  at  its 
acquisition  date  fair  value  and  included  as  part  of  the  consideration  transferred  in  a  business  combination. 
Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are 
adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments 
are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the ‘measurement period’ (which cannot 
exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. 

84

84 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.5 

  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED 

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as 
measurement  period  adjustments  depends  on  how  the  contingent  consideration  is  classified.  Contingent 
consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent 
settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is 
remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with AASB 139, or AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit 
or loss. 

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the 
combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. 
Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see above), or additional assets or 
liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the 
acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised at that date. 

2021 Acquisitions 

Primero Group Limited acquisition 

On  17  February  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Primero  Group  Limited  (Primero).  Total 
consideration for Primero was $99.9 million for 100% of the shares. 

Primero provides services to the engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) services across three core 
business segments: 

•  Design  –  metallurgical  test  work,  process  design,  feasibility  studies,  automation  and  control,  and 

technical due diligence; 

•  Construction – fabrication and installation of facilities with a variety of specialities such as process 

plants, power generation, and hydrocarbon storage and distribution; and 

•  Operation  –  operational  readiness  services,  restart,  refurbishment  and  recommissioning,  and 

maintenance and shutdown services.  

Costs of a one-off nature relating to the acquisition amounting to $4.5 million have been excluded from the 
consideration transferred and have been recognised as an expense in the consolidated statement of profit or 
loss for the year ended 30 June 2021. 

The fair values of the acquisition balances are provisional due to the timing of the acquisition.  

Acquisition Cost of Funding 

Consideration paid in cash  

Consideration paid in equity 

Total consideration 

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Net outflow on acquisition  

Add financial debt assumed 

Net purchase consideration 

2021 

$’000 

49,435 

50,553 

99,988 

(4,639) 

95,349 

16,009 

111,358 

85

85 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.5 

  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED 

Provisional Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at the Date of the Acquisition 

ASSETS 

CURRENT ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets (right of use) 

Investments in listed equities 

Intangibles 

Deferred tax asset 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Trade and other payables 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Unearned revenue 

Current tax liability 

Total current liabilities 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS ACQUIRED 

2021 

$’000 

4,639 

31,074 

3,544 

1,602 

40,859 

8,499 

2,466 

2,536 

29,666 

7,593 

50,760 

91,619 

45,054 

11,273 

856 

2,534 

2,416 

418 

62,551 

4,736 

1,720 

569 

7,025 

69,576 

22,043 

86

86 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.5 

  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED 

Provisional Goodwill Arising on Acquisition 

Consideration paid in cash 

Consideration paid in equity 

Total consideration 

Less fair value of identifiable net assets acquired 

Goodwill 

2021 

$’000 

49,435 

50,553 

99,988 

(22,043) 

77,945 

Primero Group business combination resulted in goodwill purchase transaction as consideration paid for the 
combination included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, future market development, and 
the assembled workforce of Primero. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill as they do 
not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. 

An independent assessment has determined the carrying value of the intangibles relating to ‘customer contracts 
and relationships’ and the Primero brand as part of the acquisition. Customer contracts and relationships are 
being amortised in line with the valuation assessment. Brand name has an indefinite useful life and is therefore 
not amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually. 

Impact of Acquisition on the Results of the Group 

The activities of Primero were progressively integrated into the operations of the NRW group structure over the 
five  months  following  completion  of  the  acquisition.  The  estimates  of  revenue  and  earnings  which  follow 
represent our best assessment of contributions from Primero in the five months. It is estimated that Primero 
generated a profit before tax of circa $3.3 million for the five months from 17 February 2021 to the reporting 
date. Revenue for the five months to 30 June 2021 was circa $143 million. 

2020 Acquisitions 

BGC Contracting Pty Ltd acquisition 

On 9 December 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of BGC Contracting Pty Ltd. BGC Contracting 
was subsequently renamed to NRW Contracting (NRWC). Total consideration for NRWC was $140.4 million for 
100% of the shares. 

NRWC provides services to the resources, energy and infrastructure sectors across three core businesses: 

•  Mining – open cut contract mining business, contract crushing and processing; 
•  Construction – civil construction business with capability across the public infrastructure, energy and 

resources sectors; and 

•  DIAB  Engineering  –  key  capabilities  include  maintenance  (shutdown  services  and  onsite 

maintenance), construction and fabrication in the resources sector across Australia. 

Costs of a one-off nature relating to the acquisition amounting to $14.9 million have been excluded from the 
consideration transferred and have been recognised as an expense in the consolidated statement of profit or 
loss for the year ended 30 June 2020. 

87

87 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.5 

  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED 

Acquisition Cost of Funding 

Consideration paid in cash to vendor (from equity raising) 

Consideration paid from new banking facility (to repay exiting asset financier) 

Total cash consideration 

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired 

Net cash outflow on acquisition (refer to consolidated statement of cash flows) 

Add asset finance debt assumed 

Net purchase consideration (Excl. AASB 16) 

Recognition of lease debt 

Net purchase consideration 

2020 

$’000 

116,388 

24,003 

140,391 

(28,632) 

111,759 

158,301 

270,060 

5,502 

275,562 

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed at the Date of the Acquisition 

ASSETS 

CURRENT ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Lease receivable 

Other current assets 

Total current assets 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets (right of use) 

Lease receivable 

Intangibles 

Deferred tax asset 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Trade and other payables 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Financial debt 

Lease debt 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS ACQUIRED 

88

2020 

$’000 

28,632 

130,286 

25,021 

2,415 

2,499 

188,853 

228,545 

5,502 

4,059 

23,499 

902 

262,507 

451,360 

107,606 

62,528 

1,445 

81,774 

253,353 

95,773 

4,058 

2,718 

102,549 

355,902 

95,458 

88 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.5 

  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS CONTINUED 

Goodwill Arising on Acquisition 

Consideration paid in cash to vendor (from equity raising) 

Consideration paid from new banking facility (to repay existing asset financier) 

Total cash consideration 

Less fair value of identifiable net assets acquired 

Goodwill 

2020 

$’000 

116,388 

24,003 

140,391 

(95,458) 

44,933 

NRWC  business  combination  resulted  in  goodwill  purchase  transaction  as  consideration  paid  for  the 
combination included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, future market development, 
and the assembled workforce of NRWC. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill as they 
do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. 

An  independent  assessment  has  determined  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangibles  relating  to  ‘customer 
contracts and relationships’ and the DIAB Engineering brand as part of the acquisition. Customer contracts 
and relationships are being amortised in line with the valuation assessment. Brand name has an indefinite 
useful life and is therefore not amortised but is tested for impairment at least annually. 

AUDITORS REMUNERATION 

AUDIT SERVICES 

Auditors of the Company 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu  

OTHER SERVICES 

Industry specific compliance audits 

Assurance services related to business acquisitions 

Total 

Consolidated 

2021 

$ 

2020 

$ 

548,000 

581,000 

26,500 

22,000 

596,500 

18,500 

30,000 

629,500 

EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD 

The Directors have declared a fully franked dividend for the current financial year of five cents per share, 
payable on 13 October 2021. 

The Group announced to the ASX on 12 July 2021 that Boggabri Coal Operations Pty Ltd (BCO), part of the 
Idemitsu Group agreed to acquire the majority of the major mining equipment of Golding Contractors Pty Ltd 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of NRW) that is engaged under the Maintenance Services and Hire Agreement 
at the Boggabri Coal Mine. 

The transaction was completed on 28 July 2021.  

As part of the agreement, Golding will continue to perform maintenance services on site across the assets 
acquired  by  BCO,  and  another  50  pieces  of  major  mining  equipment,  engaging  a  workforce  of  over  150 
personnel on site.  

89 

89

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial StatementsNRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE 
NOTES TO THE  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 

7.7 

  EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD CONTINUED 

The impact of the sale on the current financial results, had it occurred prior to 30 June 2021 is set out below: 

Financial Position 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets held for sale 

Other current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Other non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings – current 

Other current liabilities 

Borrowings – non-current 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves  

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

Consolidated 

Pro forma 
2021 

$’000 

163,980 

- 

479,747 

321,408 

271,296 

2021 

$’000 

146,549 

82,612 

479,747 

321,408 

271,296 

1,301,612 

1,236,431 

330,755 

92,056 

86,005 

169,852 

77,821 

756,489 

545,123 

383,416 

11,359 

150,348 

545,123 

330,755 

73,836 

86,005 

122,891 

77,821 

691,308 

545,123 

383,416 

11,359 

150,348 

545,123 

Other than the events noted above, there has not arisen in the interval between the end of the financial year 
and the date of this report any transaction or event of a material nature likely in the opinion of the Directors, 
to affect significantly the operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those operations, or the state of 
affairs of the consolidated entity in subsequent years. 

90

90 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER 
SHAREHOLDER  
INFORMATION
INFORMATION 

Shareholder Information 

The  shareholder  information  set  out  below  was  applicable  as  at  30  July  2021.  NRW's  contributed  equity 
comprises 449,051,657 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Distribution of Shareholdings 

% 

No of Holders 

% 

Range 

100,001 and Over 

10,001 to 100,000 

5,001 to 10,000 

1,001 to 5,000 

1 to 1,000 

Subtotal 

Fully Paid  
Ordinary Shares 

360,596,538 

56,980,972  

12,835,325  

 9,318,861 

1,332,652  

81.76% 

12.92% 

2.91% 

2.11% 

0.30% 

441,064,348 

100.00% 

Shares held in escrow 

Unmarketable parcels 

7,987,309 

76,092  

1.78% 

0.02% 

NRW’s 20 Largest Shareholders 

227 

2,098 

1,672 

3,358 

2,756 

10,111  

5 

 704  

2.25% 

20.75% 

16.54% 

33.21% 

27.25% 

100.00% 

0.05% 

6.96% 

Rank 

Name 

Shares 

% Interest 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

103,570,597 

23.48% 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED  

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

MR DAVID RONALDSON  

JULIAN ALEXANDER PEMBERTON  

ZERO NOMINEES PTY LTD  

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

SANDHURST TRUSTEES LTD  

MR ANDREW JOHN WALSH  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

MR JULIAN ALEXANDER PEMBERTON 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

JEFFRESS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

MR PETER HOWELLS  

GABRIELLA NOMINEES PTY LTD  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

MR STEVEN SCHALIT & MS CANDICE SCHALIT  

MS LESLEY ANN JEFFRESS  

57,925,710 

49,748,909 

19,158,142 

12,714,621 

8,020,392 

7,973,702 

7,000,000 

6,242,685 

4,319,129 

3,310,103 

3,224,144 

3,000,000 

2,932,142 

2,213,920 

2,053,355 

2,006,702 

1,914,783 

1,612,125 

1,575,226 

13.13 

11.28 

4.34 

2.88 

1.82 

1.81 

1.59 

1.42 

0.98 

0.75 

0.73 

0.68 

0.66 

0.50 

0.47 

0.45 

0.43 

0.37 

0.36 

Voting Rights 

Every shareholder present in person or represented by a proxy or other representative, shall have one vote for 
each share held by them.

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Shareholder Information

91 

91

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |   Notes to the Financial Statements 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

Tower 2, Brookfield Place 
123 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000 
GPO Box A46 
Perth WA 6837 Australia 

Tel:  +61 8 9365 7000 
Fax:  +61 8 9365 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

IInnddeeppeennddeenntt  AAuuddiittoorr’’ss  RReeppoorrtt  ttoo  tthhee  mmeemmbbeerrss  ooff  NNRRWW  
HHoollddiinnggss  LLiimmiitteedd  

RReeppoorrtt  oonn  tthhee  AAuuddiitt  ooff  tthhee  FFiinnaanncciiaall  RReeppoorrtt  

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of NRW Holdings Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the 
“Group”) which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2021, the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity 
and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and the directors’ 
declaration.  

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:  

(i)  

giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Group’s  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2021  and  of  its  financial 
performance for the year then ended; and   

(ii)  

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Australian  Auditing  Standards.  Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our 
report.  We  are  independent  of  the  Group   in  accordance  with  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s 
APES  110  Code  of  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  (including  Independence  Standards)  (the  Code)  that  are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code.  

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s 
report. 

We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our 
opinion.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation 

92

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |    Independent Auditor’s Report

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT CONTINUED

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.  

KKeeyy  AAuuddiitt  MMaatttteerr  

RReevveennuuee  rreeccooggnniittiioonn    

HHooww  tthhee  ssccooppee  ooff  oouurr  aauuddiitt  rreessppoonnddeedd  ttoo  tthhee  KKeeyy  AAuuddiitt  
MMaatttteerr  

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

As disclosed in Note 2.2, the Group’s revenues 
from construction contracts are recognised by 
reference to the stage of completion of the 
contract activity. 

• 

Revenue is recognised by management after 
assessing all factors relevant to each contract, 
including: 

•  Determination of stage of completion and 
measurement of progress towards 
satisfaction of performance obligations; 

• 

Estimation of total contract revenue and 
costs including the estimation of cost 
contingencies; 

•  Determination of contractual entitlement 
and assessment of the probability of 
customer approval of changes in scope 
and/or price; and 

• 

Estimation of project completion date. 

The Group recognises in contract assets and 
contract receivables progressive measurement of 
the value to customers of goods and services 
transferred and valuation of work completed as 
well as amounts invoiced to customers. The 
recognition of these amounts is based on 
management’s assessment of the expected 
amounts recoverable. 

NRW have submitted contract variations and 
claims on certain projects which requires 
management to exercise judgement in 
determining the amount of revenue to be 
recognised in relation to these items.  

Evaluating management’s processes and controls in 
respect of the recognition of construction contract 
revenue. As part of this process we tested key 
controls including: 
o  The review process conducted at the tendering 

phase; and 

o  The preparation, review and authorisation of 
monthly valuation reports for contracts which 
includes forecasts costs to completion and 
unapproved variations. 

•  Obtaining an understanding of the contract terms 
and conditions to evaluate whether these were 
reflected in management’s estimate of forecast 
costs and revenue; 

• 

Testing a sample of costs incurred to date and 
agreeing these to supporting documentation; 

•  Assessing the forecast costs to complete through 

discussion and challenging of project managers and 
finance personnel; 

• 

• 

• 

Testing contractual entitlement for changes, 
variations and claims recognised within contract 
revenue to supporting documentation and by 
reference to the underlying contract; 

Evaluating significant exposures to liquidated 
damages for late delivery of contract works; and 

Evaluating the probability of recovery of outstanding 
amounts by reference to the status of contract 
negotiations, historical recoveries and other 
supporting documentation. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the  
disclosures in Note 2.2 to the financial  
statements. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Independent Auditor’s Report

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT CONTINUED

AAccqquuiissiittiioonn  ooff  PPrriimmeerroo  GGrroouupp  LLiimmiitteedd  ((‘‘PPrriimmeerroo’’))  

Our procedures included, but were not limited to: 

As disclosed in Note 7.5, the Group completed 
the acquisition of Primero on 17 February 2021 
for net purchase consideration of $99.9 million. 

•  Reading the relevant agreements to understand the 
key terms and conditions, and confirming our 
understanding of the transaction; 

Management provisionally allocated the 
purchase price to identifiable assets, liabilities 
and separately identifiable intangible assets as 
relevant.  

This process involved estimation and judgement 
in determining the purchase price, provisions, 
customer relationships, customer backlog, brand 
value and discount rate applied to future cash 
flow forecasts.   

• 

• 

• 

Evaluating management’s process for the 
identification of the assets and liabilities acquired; 

Evaluating management’s process for the 
determination of the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities acquired;  

In conjunction with our valuation specialists, 
assessing the competence and objectivity of 
management’s specialist who valued the intangible 
assets; and 

•  Challenging the values attributable to equipment, 
inventory, provisions, customer relationships and 
brand value recognised in respect of the acquisition, 
including the appropriateness of the resulting 
goodwill. 

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures 
in Note 7.5 to the financial statements. 

Other Information  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the  information 
included in the Group’s  annual report  for the year ended 30 June 2021 but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon. The annual report  is expected to be made available to us after the date of this 
auditor's report.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we will not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial  report  or  our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair 
view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the  Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  

94

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |    Independent Auditor’s Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT CONTINUED

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether  the financial report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:   

• 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or 
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is 
sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our  opinion.  The  risk  of  not  detecting  a  material 
misstatement  resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

• 

• 

• 

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  

Conclude on the appropriateness of  the  directors’ use  of the going concern basis  of accounting and, 
based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the  related  disclosures  in  the  financial  report  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, 
and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that 
achieves fair presentation.  

•  Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the  financial  information  of  the  entities  or 
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for 
the direction, supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We remain solely responsible for our 
audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 
audit.  

We  also  provide  the  directors  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical  requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably 
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards 
applied.  

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Independent Auditor’s Report

95

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 
REPORT CONTINUED

From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe 
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or 
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest 
benefits of such communication. 

RReeppoorrtt  oonn  tthhee  RReemmuunneerraattiioonn  RReeppoorrtt  

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in on pages 16 to 34 of the Directors’ Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2021. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of NRW Holdings Limited, for the year ended 30 June 2021, complies 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  

DDEELLOOIITTTTEE  TTOOUUCCHHEE  TTOOHHMMAATTSSUU 

DD  KK  AAnnddrreewwss  
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Perth, 19 August 2021  

96

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |    Independent Auditor’s Report

APPENDIX 
APPENDIX 
4E
4E 

Appendix 4E 

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET 

For the Year Ended 30 June 2021 

Revenues from ordinary activities 

Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members 

Total Comprehensive Income  

INTERIM DIVIDEND 

Date dividend is payable 

% Change  
Up / (down) 

Year Ended  
30 June 2021 

Year Ended  
30 June 2020 

10.8 

(26.4) 

(26.4) 

$’000 

$’000 

2,221,479 

2,004,362 

54,295 

54,295 

73,749 

73,749 

8 April 2021 

9 June 2020 

Record date to determine entitlements to dividend 

23 March 2021 

30 March 2020 

Interim dividend payable per security (cents) 

Franked amount of dividend per security (cents) 

4.0 

4.0 

2.5 

2.5 

FINAL DIVIDEND 

Date dividend is payable 

13 October 2021 

14 October 2020 

Record date to determine entitlements to dividend 

24 September 2021 

29 September 2020 

Final dividend payable per security (cents) 

Franked amount of dividend per security (cents) 

RATIOS AND OTHER MEASURES 

5.0 

5.0 

4.0 

4.0 

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary security 

$0.75 

$0.84 

Commentary on the Results for the Year 

A commentary for the results for the year is contained in the statutory financial report dated 19 August 2021. 

Status of Accounts 

This statutory financial report is based on audited accounts.  

NRW Holdings Limited - ACN 118 300 217

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Appendix 4E

97 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX 
APPENDIX  
A
A 

Appendix A 

Segment Information Adjusted to Reflect Change in Reportable Segments 

In  previous  reports,  the  results  of  Drill  &  Blast  have  been  separately  reported.  For  comparative  purposes,  prior 
period segment information now reflects the Drill & Blast reallocation into the Civil and Mining sgments. 

First Half Year 2021 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Second Half Year 2021 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations  

Total 

474,697 

(30,321) 

444,376 

20,240 

4.3% 

(3,941) 

16,299 

3.4% 

585,394 

118,296 

(10,368) 

1,168,019 

- 

585,394 

104,505 

17.9% 

(64,590) 

39,915 

6.8% 

- 

- 

(30,321) 

118,296 

(10,368) 

1,137,698 

15,606 

13.2% 

(3,834) 

11,772 

10.0% 

(7,543) 

- 

(1,459) 

(9,002) 

- 

132,808 

11.4% 

(73,824) 

58,984 

5.0% 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

251,817 

(48,808) 

203,009 

8,360 

3.3% 

(1,798) 

6,562 

2.6% 

591,846 

308,611 

(19,685) 

1,132,589 

- 

591,846 

108,264 

18.3% 

(64,298) 

43,966 

7.4% 

- 

- 

(48,808) 

308,611 

(19,685) 

1,083,781 

26,498 

8.6% 

(4,713) 

21,785 

7.1% 

(9,195) 

- 

(1,457) 

(10,652) 

- 

133,927 

11.8% 

(72,266) 

61,661 

5.4% 

Total Reportable Segment Revenues and Results 2021 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

726,514 

(79,129) 

647,385 

28,600 

3.9% 

(5,739) 

22,861 

3.1% 

1,177,240 

426,907 

(30,053) 

2,300,608 

- 

- 

1,177,240 

426,907 

212,769 

18.1% 

(128,888) 

83,881 

7.1% 

42,104 

9.9% 

(8,547) 

33,557 

7.9% 

- 

(30,053) 

(16,738) 

- 

(79,129) 

2,221,479 

266,735 

11.6% 

(2,916) 

(146,090) 

(19,654) 

120,645 

- 

5.2% 

(1)  Revenue including associates and joint ventures.  
(2)  EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(3) 
(4)  EBITA is earnings before interest, tax, and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 

Includes depreciation, and amortisation of software. 

98

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021   |    Appendix A

98 

 
 
 
 
APPENDIX 
APPENDIX A 
A CONTINUED
CONTINUED 

Segment Information Adjusted to Reflect Change in Reportable Segments Continued 

First Half Year 2020 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Second Half Year 2020 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

305,017 

(25,077) 

279,939 

13,278 

4.4% 

(3,463) 

9,815 

3.2% 

424,070 

74,055 

- 

424,070 

84,823 

20.0% 

(30,892) 

53,931 

12.7% 

- 

74,055 

7,418 

10.0 % 

(2,469) 

4,949 

6.7% 

5,542 

- 

5,542 

(1,700) 

- 

(1,422) 

(3,122) 

- 

Total 

808,684 

(25,077) 

783,607 

103,819 

12.8% 

(38,246) 

65,573 

8.1% 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

515,080 

(33,007) 

482,073 

21,108 

4.1% 

(4,454) 

16,654 

3.2% 

635,644 

113,112 

(10,074) 

1,253,762 

- 

635,644 

116,986 

18.4% 

(60,616) 

56,370 

8.9% 

- 

- 

(33,007) 

113,112 

(10,074) 

1,220,755 

14,966 

13.2% 

(4,063) 

10,903 

9.6% 

(6,855) 

- 

(1,702) 

(8,557) 

- 

146,205 

11.7% 

(70,835) 

75,370 

6.0% 

Total Reportable Segment Revenues and Results 2020 

$’000 

Revenue(1) 

Revenue from associates 

Statutory revenue   

EBITDA(2)  

EBITDA margin (%) 

Depreciation and amortisation(3)  

EBITA(4) 

EBITA margin (%) 

Civil 

Mining 

MET 

Corporate / 
Eliminations 

Total 

820,097 

(58,084) 

762,013 

34,386 

4.2% 

(7,917) 

26,469 

3.2% 

1,059,714 

187,167 

(4,532) 

2,062,446 

- 

- 

1,059,714 

187,167 

201,809 

19.0% 

(91,508) 

110,301 

10.4% 

22,384 

12.0% 

(6,532) 

15,852 

8.5% 

- 

(4,532) 

(8,555) 

- 

(58,084) 

2,004,362 

250,024 

12.1% 

(3,124) 

(109,081) 

(11,679) 

140,943 

- 

6.8% 

(1)  Revenue including associates and joint ventures.  
(2)  EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 
(3) 
(4)  EBITA is earnings before interest, tax, and amortisation of acquisition intangibles and non-recurring transactions. 

Includes depreciation, and amortisation of software. 

NRW HOLDINGS ANNUAL REPORT 2021  |   Appendix A

99 

99

 
 
 
Our objective is to increase 
participation across various 
demographics, ensure we recruit 
and retain a skilled workforce, 
and endorse a safe and productive 
working environment that encourages 
equality, diversity and inclusion.